Document:

EX-10.31

 Exhibit 10.31 

MASTER LEASE 
 by and
between 
 DOC-FSH SAN ANTONIO HOSPITAL, LLC, 

as Landlord 
 and

 FOUNDATION SURGICAL HOSPITAL AFFILIATES, LLC, 

as Tenant. 

March 1, 2014 

							
	 Article I LEASE OF PREMISES; POSSESSION
	  	 	3	  
	 Section 1.1.
	 	 Lease to Tenant
	  	 	3	  
	 Section 1.2.
	 	 Premises
	  	 	4	  
	 Section 1.3.
	 	 Term
	  	 	4	  
	 Section 1.4.
	 	 Rent
	  	 	4	  
	 Section 1.5.
	 	 Permitted Uses
	  	 	4	  
	 Section 1.6.
	 	 Delivery of Possession; Condition of Title
	  	 	4	  
		
	 Article II COMMENCEMENT DATE; MORTGAGES
	  	 	5	  
	 Section 2.1.
	 	 Commencement Date
	  	 	5	  
	 Section 2.2.
	 	 Right to Mortgage
	  	 	5	  
		
	 Article III USE AND QUIET ENJOYMENT OF PREMISES
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 3.1.
	 	 Use of Premises
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 3.2.
	 	 Quiet Enjoyment
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 3.3.
	 	 Compliance with Applicable Laws
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 3.4.
	 	 Nuisance and Waste Prohibited
	  	 	6	  
		
	 Article IV RENT
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 4.1.
	 	 Base Rent
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 4.2.
	 	 Additional Rent
	  	 	6	  
	 Section 4.3.
	 	 Payment of Rent
	  	 	7	  
	 Section 4.4.
	 	 Net Lease; Rent Absolute
	  	 	7	  
	 Section 4.5.
	 	 First Month’s Rent
	  	 	7	  
		
	 Article V TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS; UTILITIES
	  	 	8	  
	 Section 5.1.
	 	 Taxes and Assessments
	  	 	8	  
	 Section 5.2.
	 	 Utilities
	  	 	8	  
	 Section 5.3.
	 	 Other Charges
	  	 	8	  
		
	 Article VI COVENANTS OF TENANT CONCERNING MAINTENANCE,
	  	 	8	  
	 Section 6.1.
	 	 Maintenance
	  	 	8	  
	 Section 6.2.
	 	 Alterations
	  	 	9	  
	 Section 6.3.
	 	 Landlord’s Non-liability; Indemnification of Landlord
	  	 	9	  
	 Section 6.4.
	 	 No Liens
	  	 	10	  
		
	 Article VII RIGHT TO CONTEST
	  	 	11	  
		
	 Article VIII DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY
	  	 	11	  
		
	 Article IX INSURANCE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 9.1.
	 	 Property Insurance
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 9.2.
	 	 Liability and Other Insurance
	  	 	12	  
	 Section 9.3.
	 	 Additional Insurance
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 9.4.
	 	 Tenant’s Right to Insure; Waiver of Subrogation
	  	 	13	  
	 Section 9.5.
	 	 Insurance Company Rating Requirements
	  	 	13	  
		
	 Article X EMINENT DOMAIN
	  	 	13	  
		
	 Article XI ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
	  	 	14	  

  
 1 

							
	 Article XII END OF TERM
	  	 	15	  
		
	 Article XIII EVENTS OF DEFAULT; LANDLORD’S REMEDIES; EXPENSES OF ENFORCEMENT
	  	 	15	  
	 Section 13.1.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	15	  
	 Section 13.2.
	 	 Termination of Lease; Reletting
	  	 	15	  
	 Section 13.3.
	 	 Termination of Lease; Money Judgment
	  	 	16	  
	 Section 13.4.
	 	 Expenses of Enforcement
	  	 	16	  
	 Section 13.5.
	 	 Landlord’s Right to Cure
	  	 	16	  
	 Section 13.6.
	 	 Bankruptcy of Tenant.
	  	 	16	  
		
	 Article XIV HOLDING OVER IN POSSESSION
	  	 	19	  
		
	 Article XV MORTGAGES
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 15.1.
	 	 Subordination and Attornment
	  	 	19	  
	 Section 15.2.
	 	 No Personal Liability
	  	 	20	  
	 Section 15.3.
	 	 Notices to Mortgagee and Mortgagee Right to Cure
	  	 	20	  
	 Section 15.4.
	 	 Foreclosure; Deed in Lieu of Foreclosure
	  	 	20	  
	 Section 15.5.
	 	 Estoppel Certificates
	  	 	20	  
	 Section 15.6.
	 	 Mortgage and Other Obligations Binding on Tenant
	  	 	21	  
		
	 Article XVI CERTAIN RIGHTS OF LANDLORD
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 16.1.
	 	 Right of Entry
	  	 	21	  
	 Section 16.2.
	 	 Sale or Transfer of Premises
	  	 	22	  
		
	 Article XVII MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.1.
	 	 Effect of Payments by Tenant
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.2.
	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.3.
	 	 No Joint Venture
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.4.
	 	 Effect of Waiver
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.5.
	 	 Real Estate Brokers
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.6.
	 	 Recitals
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.7.
	 	 Time of Essence
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.8.
	 	 Communications
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 17.9.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.10.
	 	 Severability
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.11.
	 	 Execution of Counterparts
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.12.
	 	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.13.
	 	 Modification, Waiver and Termination
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.14.
	 	 Construction.
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.15.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 17.16.
	 	 Medical Waste
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 17.17.
	 	 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 17.18.
	 	 No Merger
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 17.19.
	 	 Guaranty
	  	 	23	  
	 Section 17.20.
	 	 Financial Statements
	  	 	23	  

  

			
	Exhibit A	  	Legal Descriptions of the Premises
	Exhibit B	  	Title Matters

  
 2 

 MASTER LEASE 

THIS MASTER LEASE (the “Lease”) dated as of March 1, 2014, by and between DOC-FSH SAN ANTONIO HOSPITAL,
LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“Landlord”), and FOUNDATION SURGICAL HOSPITAL AFFILIATES, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“Tenant”). 

WITNESSETH: 

WHEREAS, Landlord is the owner of the Property and the Premises (as those terms are defined in Section 1.2); and 

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, and Landlord desires to lease to Tenant, the Premises on the terms and conditions set
forth in this Lease. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein,
and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 
 LEASE
OF PREMISES; POSSESSION 
 Section 1.1. Lease to Tenant. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from
Landlord, the Premises described in Section 1.2. below, for the Term provided for in Section 1.3. below, at the Rent provided for in Section 1.4. below, and under the other terms and conditions provided for in this Lease. Landlord and
Tenant hereby acknowledge that the Premises are encumbered by that certain Lease Agreement entered into by and between Foundation Bariatric Real Estate of San Antonio, L.L.L.P., a Texas limited liability limited partnership, f/k/a Foundation
Bariatric Real Estate of San Antonio, LP, a Texas limited partnership, as Lessor, and Foundation Bariatric Hospital of San Antonio, L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, f/k/a Foundation Bariatric Hospital of San Antonio, L.P., a Texas limited
partnership, as Lessee, dated as of December 2005, as amended by that certain Addendum to Lease Agreement, dated February 19, 2007, as amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated June 1, 2007, and as amended by that
certain Second Addendum to Lease Agreement dated June 1, 2007 (collectively, the “Existing Lease”), and pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated February 18, 2014, Landlord has assumed and
succeeded to Lessor’s right, title and interest in the Existing Lease. Landlord and Tenant further acknowledge that the Existing Lease is in effect as of the date hereof and that this Lease is intended to be a master lease of the Premises.
Tenant further acknowledges that it has reviewed the Existing Lease and is fully aware of all the terms, conditions and provisions of the Existing Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that for purposes of this Lease, Tenant’s right to
occupancy of the Premises shall be subordinate to the rights of Lessee under the Existing Lease until such time as the Existing Lease expires or otherwise terminates. Tenant further agrees not to disturb the Lessee under the Existing Lease, provided
that such Lessee is not in default under the terms of the Existing Lease. Upon expiration or termination of the Existing Lease, this Lease shall become the primary lease for the Premises. Furthermore, Tenant shall not enter into any new lease or
sublease, or modify or extend the Existing Lease unless such new lease or sublease or modification or extension of the Existing Lease contains a provision that subordinates, without condition or exception, such new lease or sublease or modification
or extension to the lien of any mortgage, now or hereinafter in effect, as well as this Lease. 

  
 3 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing subordination of Tenant’s right to occupancy with respect to
the Premises currently encumbered by the Existing Lease, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all Rent and perform all of the other obligations of Tenant as set forth in this Lease as if this Lease is the primary lease for the Premises. For purposes of
this Lease, the Existing Lease shall be treated as a sublease of this Lease between Tenant, as sublessor, and the existing Lessee, as sublessee. Tenant, in addition to its obligations under this Lease, shall perform all of the obligations of the
landlord under the Existing Lease and shall enforce all of the obligations of the Lessee under the Existing Lease. In connection therewith, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a revocable license to collect the rents and any other sums due under the
Existing Lease. Upon an Event of Default (as defined in Section 13.1), the license granted to Tenant herein may be revoked by Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee (as defined in Section 2.2) and upon such revocation, Landlord or
Landlord’s Mortgagee immediately shall be entitled to receive and apply all rents as Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee shall determine. 

Section 1.2. Premises. The “Premises” being leased under this Lease consist of the hospital containing
approximately                      square feet situated on certain real property owned by Landlord (the “Property”), as more
particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein, and includes all fixtures, equipment, appliances and other personal property attached or appurtenant to, located in or on, or used in connection with
the ownership and operation of the Premises. 
 Section 1.3. Term. The term of this Lease shall be a period of fifteen
(15) years commencing as of the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2.1. ) (the “Term”), subject to earlier termination as provided herein. 

Section 1.4. Rent. The “Rent” payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall consist of the Base Rent provided for
in Section 4.1. hereof and the Additional Rent provided for in Section 4.2. hereof. 
 Section 1.5. Permitted Uses.
Tenant may use the Premises as a hospital and for medical office and healthcare related uses (the “Permitted Uses”). In the event that Tenant desires to use the Premises for purposes other than for hospital, medical office and
healthcare related uses, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s and Landlord’s Mortgagee’s (as “Landlord’s Mortgagee” is hereinafter defined) prior written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or
delayed by Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee. 
 Section 1.6. Delivery of Possession; Condition of Title. Landlord has good
and marketable title to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it has, at all times, been in possession and occupancy of the Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Original Lease and therefore, has full and complete
knowledge of and responsibility for all conditions of the Premises, including, without limitation, the physical condition of the Premises and the Property, and the subleases described in Section 1.1(ii) affecting the Premises. Accordingly,
subject to Section 1.1. above, Landlord has delivered actual and exclusive possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date (as hereafter defined) in an “as is, where is” condition without representation or warranty.
Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s title to the Premises is subject to the matters set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Lease, each of which has been examined by and is acceptable to Tenant (the “Title Matters”).
Except as agreed by Landlord and Tenant in writing, Tenant agrees to timely comply with any requirements contained in the Title Matters to the extent such matters are applicable to Landlord. Furthermore, the Premises are leased to Tenant in an
“as is, where is” condition without representation or warranty by Landlord, subject to any state of facts which an accurate physical inspection might reveal and 

  
 4 

 
to all applicable laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant waives any claim or action against Landlord in respect of the condition of the Premises. LANDLORD MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN RESPECT OF THE PREMISES OR ANY PART THEREOF, EITHER AS TO ITS FITNESS FOR USE, SUITABILITY, DESIGN OR CONDITION FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, AS TO QUALITY OF THE MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP THEREIN, LATENT OR
PATENT, IT BEING AGREED THAT ALL SUCH RISKS ARE TO BE BORNE BY TENANT. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PREMISES HAS BEEN INSPECTED BY TENANT AND IS SATISFACTORY TO IT. LANDLORD HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE RELATIVE TO THE PREMISES OR ANY COMPONENT PART THEREOF. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that no representations or warranties, express or implied, have been made by Landlord, or by any person,
firm or agent acting or purporting to act on behalf of Landlord, as to (i) the presence or absence on or in the Premises of any particular materials or substances (including, without limitation, asbestos, hydrocarbons or hazardous or toxic
substances), (ii) the condition or repair of the Premises or any portion thereof, (iii) the value, expense of operation or income potential of the Premises, (iv) the accuracy or completeness of any structural reports, environmental
audits or other information provided to Tenant by any third party contractor relative to the Premises (regardless of whether the same were retained or paid for by Landlord), or (v) any other fact or condition which has or might affect the
Premises or the condition, repair, value, expense of operation or income potential thereof. Tenant represents that the officers of Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in the leasing of properties comparable to the Premises and agrees that
Tenant will be relying solely on Tenant’s inspections of the Premises in leasing the Premises. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION BY LANDLORD OF, AND LANDLORD DOES
HEREBY DISCLAIM, ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES BY LANDLORD, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES OR ANY PORTION THEREOF, WHETHER ARISING PURSUANT TO THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OR ANY OTHER LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT OR OTHERWISE, AND
TENANT HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND ACCEPTS SUCH EXCLUSION, NEGATION AND DISCLAIMER. 
 ARTICLE II 

COMMENCEMENT DATE; MORTGAGES 

Section 2.1. Commencement Date. The “Commencement Date” of this Lease shall be the date of this Lease set forth
above. Upon the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Premises and any part thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease. 

Section 2.2. Right to Mortgage Property. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord shall have the right to and may, from time
to time, encumber the Property with a mortgage or deed of trust (a “Mortgage”) as security for a loan (a “Loan”) to Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates by a lender (which, together with its successors and
assigns, and any future provider of Mortgage Debt (as defined herein), is referred to herein as the “Landlord’s Mortgagee”), subject to the provisions of Article XV herein. As used herein, the term “Mortgage
Debt” shall refer to the Loan from the Landlord’s Mortgagee and any future loan or financing entered into by the Landlord. 

  
 5 

 ARTICLE III 

USE AND QUIET ENJOYMENT OF PREMISES 

Section 3.1. Use of Premises. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Uses. No use shall be made or permitted to be
made of the Premises, or acts done, that will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Premises, or any part thereof. 

Section 3.2. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord agrees that unless an Event of Default (as defined in Section 13.1. hereof) has
occurred and is continuing, Tenant shall have quiet and peaceable possession of the Premises throughout the Term, without hindrance by Landlord or any persons claiming under Landlord, subject only to (i) this Lease, (ii) any Mortgage or
other security device serving at any time a similar function, together with any and all amendments and supplements thereto upon or affecting the Premises and the Property, (iii) Landlord’s right to show the Premises, without material
interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises, at any time to prospective purchasers and mortgagees of the Premises, and during the last eighteen (18) months of the Term, to prospective tenants of the Premises; and (iv) the Title
Matters. 
 Section 3.3. Compliance with Applicable Laws. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all applicable
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, directives and requirements (including those relating to environmental hazardous, toxic or regulated substances or materials whether or not such substances or materials existed on or in the Premises prior to the
Commencement Date) relating to the Premises and/or Tenant’s activities on or about the Premises, and with all orders of court and all other tribunals and governmental or quasi-governmental departments, agencies and authorities relating to the
Premises and/or Tenant’s activities on or about the Premises, and with all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions relating to the Premises (including, but not limited to, the Title Matters) (hereinafter collectively referred to as
“Legal Requirements”). 
 Section 3.4. Nuisance and Waste Prohibited. Tenant shall keep and maintain the
Premises and abutting grounds, sidewalks, roads, parking and landscaped areas in good and neat order and repair and free of nuisance, and shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste of the Premises. 

ARTICLE IV 
 RENT

 Section 4.1. Base Rent. Commencing upon the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord “Base Rent”
for the first year of the Term an annual amount equal to Two Million Three Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($2,300,000.00), payable in equal monthly installments of One Hundred Ninety-One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six and 67/100 Dollars
($191,666.67). On the first anniversary date of the Commencement Date, and on each anniversary date of the Commencement Date thereafter, the annual Base Rent shall be increased by three percent (3.0%). 

Section 4.2. Additional Rent. In addition to paying the Base Rent provided for in Section 4.1. hereof, Tenant shall pay,
during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time, any Additional Rent due hereunder, if any. 

  
 6 

 As used herein, the term “Additional Rent” shall mean all sums payable by Tenant
under this Lease other than Base Rent, if any. Whenever the word “Rent” is used in this Lease it shall be deemed to include Base Rent and Additional Rent, unless the context specifically or clearly implies that only the Base Rent is
referenced. All remedies available to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease for non-payment of Base Rent shall be applicable for non-payment of Additional Rent. 

Section 4.3. Payment of Rent. The Rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord or as directed by Landlord in writing. Tenant shall pay
the Base Rent in advance on or before the first (1st) day of each month during the Term hereof. All Additional Rent shall be paid by Tenant when due or if payable to Landlord shall be payable
within twenty (20) days after written demand therefor. All amounts to be paid to Landlord under this Lease shall be paid to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 17.8. hereof or at such other address as Landlord shall designate in
writing from time to time. Past due Rent payments shall be deemed involuntary extensions of credit by Landlord and, commencing on the second failure to pay timely Rent in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, such past due Rent shall be
subject to default interest rate penalties at an annual rate equal to the lesser of the prime rate as reported from time to time in The Wall Street Journal plus three percent (3%) or the highest rate allowed by applicable law
(“Interest Rate”). 
 Section 4.4. Net Lease; Rent Absolute. This Lease is and shall be an absolute net lease,
and Landlord is not nor shall it be required to provide any services or do any act or thing with respect to the Premises except as specifically provided herein. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all obligations of Tenant under
this Lease for the payment of Rent and all other sums payable under the Lease and all obligations of Tenant to perform its obligations under this Lease shall constitute independent obligations of Tenant and shall be paid and performed by Tenant
without abatement, deduction, counterclaim, recoupment, suspension, deferment, diminution, deduction, reduction, defense or setoff whatsoever and shall, to the extent not satisfied, survive the termination of this Lease. Except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Lease, (i) this Lease shall not terminate, and Tenant shall not have any right to terminate this Lease, during the Term, and (ii) Tenant’s obligation to pay the Rent and to perform its obligations is
absolute and unconditional and shall survive and not be limited, abated or otherwise affected by any occurrence, event or circumstance whatsoever, including, without limitation, any of the following: expiration or termination of this Lease for
whatever reason, any partial or complete destruction or condemnation of the Premises or any part thereof from whatever cause; any constructive or actual eviction or dispossession of Tenant from the Premises, or the failure or inability of the Tenant
to use, occupy or enjoy the same; any foreclosure of any Mortgage Debt or other lien with respect to the Premises; any sale of all or part of the Premises; any bankruptcy or insolvency of Landlord; any action or non-action by Landlord or any other
person with respect to Tenant or the Premises; action or inaction of any governmental authority, impossibility or illegality of performance by Landlord or Tenant or both, any foreclosure of any Mortgage Debt or other lien with respect to the
Premises; any sale of all or part of the Premises; any bankruptcy or insolvency of Landlord; any action or non-action by Landlord or any other person with respect to Tenant or the Premises; or any “act of God” or “force majeure”
or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing. 
 Section 4.5. First Month’s Rent. Simultaneously with
the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the first month’s Base Rent. Landlord shall apply the first month’s Base Rent to Tenant’s Base Rent obligations on the
Commencement Date. 

  
 7 

 ARTICLE V  

TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS; UTILITIES 

Section 5.1. Taxes and Assessments. Tenant shall pay directly to the appropriate governmental entities on or before the due date
thereof, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and other governmental charges of every kind and nature (including, without limitation, real property, ad valorem, personal property, gross income, franchise, withholding, profits, rent, single business,
value added, excise, occupancy, use, impact fees, sales and gross receipts taxes) (collectively, “Impositions”) levied upon the Premises or personal property located at or used in connection with operating the Premises whether the
same shall become due and payable before, or after, and during any tax assessment year or period which is within or partially within, the Term, including all Impositions which may be partially within the Term, including all Impositions which may be
assessed, levied or imposed in replacement of, or in addition to, all or any part of same, whether or not measured, calculated by or based upon the Premises or any estate or interest in the Premises or the revenue or income generated by the
Premises, regardless of the time at which, or period for which, such Impositions are assessed or charged or the time that such Impositions become a lien against the Premises. Upon receipt of written request by Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee,
Tenant shall provide proof of payment of Impositions. 
 Section 5.2. Utilities. Tenant shall be responsible for supplying all
Utilities and for the cost of all Utilities for the Premises, including, without limitation, electricity, gas, water and sewer, telephone and all other communication services, and Landlord shall have no obligations for Utilities whatsoever. Tenant
shall cause all such utility services to the Premises to be metered in its own name or in the name of its subtenants and shall pay or cause to be paid all charges and deposits for such utilities. Tenant shall use utilities only within the capacity
of the circuits in the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for damages resulting from utility interruptions caused by casualty, accident, labor dispute or any other cause (other than Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct),
nor shall any interruptions be deemed an actual or constructive or partial eviction or result in any abatement of Rent. 
 Section 5.3.
Other Charges. Tenant shall be responsible for all charges and/or taxes related to any easement or similar agreements, general and special assessments, condominium assessments and fees, levies, fees, vault charges, permits, inspection and
license fees affecting the Premises. 
 ARTICLE VI  

COVENANTS OF TENANT CONCERNING MAINTENANCE, 

INDEMNIFICATION AND OTHER MATTERS 

Section 6.1. Maintenance. Tenant shall maintain, and make all repairs, alterations and replacements (including, without
limitation, all ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen repairs, alterations and replacements) necessary to operate and maintain the entire Premises in good condition and repair and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules
and regulations and any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions relating to the Premises, and shall surrender the Premises when required by this Lease in good condition, reasonable use and wear excepted. 

  
 8 

 Section 6.2. Alterations. Subject to the requirements of Article IX below and any
insurers providing insurance coverage thereto, Tenant may make, at its sole cost and expense, such alterations, improvements and additions of any kind to the Premises (collectively referred to herein as the “Alterations”) as Tenant
deems desirable in the conduct of its business provided that such Alterations: (a) do not reduce, diminish or otherwise adversely affect the fair market value or utility of the Premises, or any part thereof; (b) do not reduce, diminish or
otherwise adversely affect the useful life of the Premises, or any part thereof; and/or (c) do not change the general character or use of the Premises or any part thereof. All alterations, improvements, expansions and additions to the Premises,
or any part thereof, shall be made in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes and requirements and any recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions relating to the Premises, or
any part thereof. All alterations, improvements, expansions and additions which are not movable trade fixtures shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises. To the extent such Alterations involve
changes to the structure or systems of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Tenant’s architect or engineer, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, prior to the commencement of construction, the proposed plans and specifications for
Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and upon completion of construction, “as-built” plans and specifications for such Alterations. Landlord shall provide Tenant with its
objections, in writing, to Tenant’s proposed plans and specifications within fifteen (15) days after receipt from Tenant. Tenant shall submit revised plans and specifications until such time as Landlord has approved Tenant’s proposed
plans and specifications for such Alterations. If Landlord fails to object, in writing, to Tenant’s proposed plans and specifications within fifteen (15) days after receipt from Tenant, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved such
proposed plans and specifications. 
 Section 6.3. Landlord’s Non-liability; Indemnification of Landlord. Landlord shall
not be liable for any loss, damage or injury of any kind or character to any person or property, arising from any use of the Premises, or any part thereof, or caused by any defect in any improvements located on the Premises, or any part thereof, or
in any equipment or other facility therein, or caused by or arising from any act or omission of Tenant, or of any subtenants, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, or invitees of Tenant, or arising out of any work or Alterations
performed by Tenant or any subtenant, or by or from any accident on the Premises, or any part thereof, or any fire or other casualty thereon, or occasioned by the failure of Tenant to maintain the Premises, or any part thereof, in safe condition, or
arising from any other cause whatsoever. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration of this Lease, hereby waives on its behalf all claims and demands against Landlord for any such loss, damage or injury of Tenant, and hereby agrees to indemnify
and hold Landlord entirely free and harmless from all liability for any such loss, damage or injury of Tenant, and hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord entirely free and harmless from all liability for any such loss, damage or injury of all
other persons, and from all costs and expenses arising therefrom (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), unless such loss, damage or injury is caused by the gross negligence of Landlord or intentional acts of Landlord. Tenant
agrees to pay, and to protect, indemnify, and save harmless Landlord from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), causes of action, suits, claims, demands, or
judgments of any nature whatsoever arising from (i) any injury to or the death of, any person, or damage to property, in, on or about the Premises, or any part thereof, or upon adjoining public sidewalks, streets, or ways, or in any manner
growing out of or connected with the use, nonuse, condition, or occupation of the Premises, or any part thereof, or resulting from the condition thereof or of adjoining public sidewalks, streets or ways; (ii) violation by Tenant of any
agreement or condition of this Lease; (iii) violation by Tenant of any contract or agreement to which Tenant is a party or of any restriction, statute, law, ordinance, or regulation, in each case

  
 9 

 
affecting the Premises, or any part thereof, or the ownership, occupancy or use thereof; and (iv) (1) the presence of any “Hazardous Material” (as defined below) on or under,
or the escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission, discharging or release of any Hazardous Material from, the Premises or any part thereof, (2) any liens against the Premises, or any part thereof, permitted or imposed by any
Environmental Laws (as defined below), or any actual or asserted liability or obligations of Landlord or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws, and (3) any actual or asserted liability or obligations of Tenant or
any of its affiliates or subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws; provided however, Tenant shall not be responsible for indemnifying Landlord for any of the foregoing matters caused solely by Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional
misconduct. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant was the tenant under the Original Lease for the Premises. Tenant further agrees that the terms and conditions of this Section 6.3. . shall apply to any and all matters under the
Original Lease notwithstanding that such matters may have occurred or arisen prior to the date of this Lease or during the term of this Lease. Landlord, as used in this Section 6.3. ., shall include any beneficiary of any trust or any agent,
employee, or representative of Landlord or any trustee and the Landlord’s Mortgagee and their shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, members and partners. Any indemnification under this Section 6.3. . shall
constitute Additional Rent payable within twenty (20) days of demand and shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease, including without limitation, the termination or rejection of this Lease in bankruptcy. Provided, however, for
any obligation of Tenant to defend Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to select the attorneys to defend Landlord, then and in that event, Tenant shall not be liable for any attorneys’ fees of Landlord other than those of counsel
selected to defend Landlord. 
 For purposes of this Lease, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings: 

(i) “Hazardous Material” means any hazardous substance or any pollutant or contaminant defined as such in (or for purposes
of) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, any so-called “Superfund” or “Superlien” law, The Toxic Substances Control Act, or any other federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code,
rule, regulation, order or decree, now or hereafter in force, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material; asbestos or any substance or compound
containing asbestos; polychlorinated biphenyls or any substance or compound containing any polychlorinated biphenyl; petroleum and petroleum products; pesticides; and any other hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material. 

(ii) “Environmental Laws” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, any so-called
“Superfund” or “Superlien” law, the Toxic Substances Control Act, or any other federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree, now or hereafter in force, regulating, relating to, or
imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any Hazardous Material. 
 Section 6.4. No Liens. Tenant shall not create
or suffer to be created or to remain, directly or indirectly, and will discharge or promptly cause to be discharged, or file a bond or otherwise, any lien, charge or encumbrance on, all or any part of the Premises (each an
“Encumbrance”), including, without limitation, any mechanic’s, materialmen’s, contractor’s or subcontractor’s liens arising from or any claim for damage growing out of any Alterations, construction, repair,
restoration, replacement or improvement related to the Premises caused by Tenant. Tenant shall have the right to contest any such mechanics lien, materialmen’s lien or 

  
 10 

 
other lien. If Tenant fails to remove or bond over any such Encumbrance within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to,
discharge the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or otherwise, or bond over, without any investigation or contest of the validity thereof, and any amounts expended by Landlord in so doing, including costs, expenses and reasonable
attorneys’ fees, shall constitute Additional Rent payable within twenty (20) days of demand and shall survive the termination of this Lease. 

ARTICLE VII  

RIGHT TO CONTEST 

Landlord shall have the right to contest all Impositions at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall give notice to Tenant of
Landlord’s contest to any Impositions. Landlord agrees that each such contest shall be promptly prosecuted to its final conclusion, except to the extent deemed commercially unreasonable by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord
shall give notice to Tenant of any increases in Impositions, and in the event Landlord elects not to contest any Impositions, then and in that event, Tenant shall have the right to contest such Impositions. If Landlord elects to not contest such
Impositions, Tenant shall have the right to contest any Impositions upon written notice to Landlord. Tenant agrees that each such contest shall be promptly prosecuted to a final conclusion. If necessary in the prosecution of any such contest,
Landlord shall join with Tenant as a party to such contest, and Tenant shall pay, and save Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee, if any, harmless against, any and all losses, judgments, decrease and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees
and expenses) in connection with any such contest and shall, promptly after the final settlement, compromise, or determination of such contest, fully pay and discharge the amounts that shall be levied, assessed, charged or imposed or be determined
to be payable therein or in connection therewith, and perform all acts, the performance of which shall be ordered or decreed as a result thereof. No such contest shall subject Landlord to the risk of any civil or criminal liability. 

ARTICLE VIII  

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION BY FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY 

If, during the Term, the Premises is partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and
expense, repair and restore the Premises as speedily as possible, to the value, character and condition existing prior to such damage or destruction in accordance with the provisions of this Lease applicable to maintenance and repair, alterations
and restoration. If the insurance proceeds resulting from such fire or other casualty are payable to the Landlord’s Mortgagee or the holder of any future Mortgage Debt, then the obligation of Tenant to so repair and restore the Premises shall
be subject to the availability to Tenant of such proceeds to the extent needed to pay for such repair or restoration, In the event insurance proceeds are not made available to the Tenant, then Tenant shall not be obligated to repair and restore the
Premises until such time as Landlord has made available to Tenant funds in an amount equal to the insurance proceeds paid to the Landlord’s Mortgagee or the holder of any future Mortgage Debt, and Rent shall continue to be paid by Tenant for so
long as rent loss and/or business interruption insurance proceeds are available, after which Rent shall abate; provided, however, if Landlord fails to make such funds available within twelve (12) months after the date of such casualty, Tenant
shall have the right to cancel and terminate this Lease. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith at Tenant’s expense to cause insurance proceeds 

  
 11 

 
to be made available to Tenant by Landlord’s Mortgagee for purposes of such repair and restoration. Tenant shall be obligated to meet all reasonable conditions imposed on the use of any such
insurance proceeds by the Landlord’s Mortgagee. If such insurance proceeds are made available to Tenant by the Landlord’s Mortgagee or the holder of any future Mortgage Debt and are insufficient to repair and restore the Premises, Tenant
shall be required to make up such deficiency out of Tenant’s own funds. Except as provided above, there shall be no abatement or reduction of any Rent under this Lease due to any such damage, destruction or repair or restoration and Tenant
shall have no right to terminate this Lease notwithstanding the partial or total destruction of all or any part of the Premises. 

ARTICLE IX  

INSURANCE AND WAIVER OF SUBROGATION 

Section 9.1. Property Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, insure the Premises against loss or damage
normally covered under commercial property insurance policies (including, without limitation, earthquake, flood, boiler and machinery, war risk and acts of terrorism (if and to the extent such coverages are generally available at commercially
reasonable rates), and rent loss and/or business interruption) and otherwise with such coverages, deductibles, sub-limits, and exclusions as are typical for owners of real estate similar to the Premises from time to time and/or as are required by
applicable law. Such insurance shall be for the full insurable value (actual replacement value without deduction for physical deterioration) of the Premises, shall name Landlord as additional insured, Landlord’s Mortgagee as first
mortgagee/secured party, and Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee as loss payees, and shall provide that the insurance for the Premises, as required herein, shall not be canceled or changed without at least thirty (30) days’ prior
written notice to Landlord, Tenant and the Landlord’s Mortgagee. Tenant shall, from time to time and upon the written request of Landlord or the Landlord’s Mortgagee, furnish the requesting party with certificates of insurance
demonstrating that such insurance is in full force and effect. 
 Section 9.2. Liability and Other Insurance. Tenant shall, at
Tenant’s cost and expense, obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance covering the Premises and any losses or claims arising in whole or in part from the use of the Premises, naming Landlord as
additional insured, and Tenant and the Landlord’s Mortgagee as additional insureds, which as of the Commencement Date shall be with minimum single limit of coverage for any one occurrence of not less than $1,000,000 with an aggregate of not
less than $3,000,000 and an excess liability policy of not less than $10,000,000. Landlord’s liability insurance shall provide that it is primary coverage and not excess over or contributory with any other insurance coverage (including any
other insurance maintained by the Landlord or the Tenant). All such insurance shall provide that the liability insurance, as required herein, shall not be canceled or changed without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to
Landlord, Tenant and Landlord’s Mortgagee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.2. , all such insurance shall at all times be in such amounts and on such terms and conditions as are commercially reasonable.
Landlord shall from time to time upon the written request of the Tenant (or the Landlord’s Mortgagee) furnish to the requesting party certificates of insurance demonstrating that all such insurance is in full force and effect. Tenant shall
reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing promptly upon written request from Landlord. Landlord shall include with its written request paid invoices or such other evidence of payment
and/or expense. 

  
 12 

 Section 9.3. Additional Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense,
obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of the following insurance covering the Premises: 
 (i) If the Premises, or any part
thereof, is located within a one hundred (100) year flood plain area designated by Federal Emergency Management Agency, flood and such other hazards and in such amounts as may be customary for comparable properties in the area and if available
from insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located at rates which are economically practicable in relation to the risks covered. 

(ii) If Tenant shall engage or cause to be engaged any contractor to perform work any Alterations in, on or about the Premises, the estimated
cost of which will exceed $100,000.00, Tenant shall require such contractor to carry and maintain, at no expense to Landlord, commercial general liability insurance, builder’s risk insurance, including but not limited to contractor’s
liability coverage, completed operations coverage, broad form property damage endorsement, workers compensation, and contractor’s protection liability coverage in such amounts and with such deductibles and such companies as are customary for
the Alterations to be performed. Upon Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee’s written request, Tenant shall provide evidence of that such insurance is in full force and effect. 

Section 9.4. Tenant’s Right to Insure; Waiver of Subrogation. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to
directly procure any or all of the insurance required to be provided by Landlord pursuant to this Article IX, provided that such insurance and such insurance provider meet all of the requirements of this Article IX and such other commercially
reasonable requirements as may be required by Landlord’s Mortgagee from time to time. In the event that Tenant elects to directly procure such insurance, Tenant shall remain liable for all of Landlord’s costs incurred in connection with
Landlord’s obligation to provide such insurance under this Article IX, less any refunds or return of premiums actually received by Landlord. Any insurance maintained by either Landlord or Tenant shall provide that, to the extent permitted by
law, the insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the Landlord and Tenant, as applicable, and their agents or employees, with respect to losses payable under the policy. 

Section 9.5. Insurance Company Rating Requirements. All policies of insurance required under this Lease shall be placed with
insurance companies having claims paying ratings no lower than A.M. Best “A-” or equivalent NAIC rating, from time to time. 

ARTICLE X 

EMINENT DOMAIN 
 If the
Premises are taken in their entirety under the power of eminent domain by, or conveyed in lieu of such exercise to, any public authority, then Tenant’s obligations as to the Premises shall terminate as of the date upon which title to the
Premises shall become vested in the condemning authority. If the entire parking area associated with the Premises or substantially all of the parking area associated with the Premises shall be taken at any time during the term of this Lease for any
public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority, by the exercise of right of condemnation or eminent domain, or by agreement between Landlord, Tenant and those authorized to exercise such right, and Landlord fails to provide suitable
replacement parking in connection therewith, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date upon which title to the parking area shall become vested in the condemning authority. Subject to the parking area provisions, if

  
 13 

 
less than all of the Premises is so taken or conveyed, Tenant’s obligations as to the Premises shall not terminate, Rent shall abate and be reduced proportionally to such taking, and Tenant
shall, at its sole cost and expense, restore the balance of the Premises to a complete structural unit that can be operated on an economically feasible basis under the provisions of this Lease using the proceeds of the condemnation. If the
condemnation proceeds resulting from such taking or conveyance are payable to the Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee or the holder of any future Mortgage Debt, then the obligation of Tenant to so restore the balance of the Premises shall be subject
to the availability to Tenant of such proceeds to the extent needed to pay for such restoration. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to cause such proceeds to be made available to Tenant for such purpose. In the event
Landlord, Landlord’s Mortgagee or the holder of any future Mortgage Debt do not make the condemnation proceeds available to Tenant to restore the balance of the Premises, then and in that event, Tenant will have the option to terminate the
Lease or restore the balance of the Premises and receive an abatement of Rent during the restoration and a proportionate reduction in Rent for the remainder of the term of the Lease. Tenant shall be obligated to meet all reasonable conditions
imposed on the use of any such proceeds by the Landlord’s Mortgagee or any holder of future Mortgage Debt. If such proceeds are made available to Tenant by the Landlord’s Mortgagee or the holder of any future Mortgage Debt and such
proceeds are insufficient to restore the Premises as described above, Tenant shall be required to make up such deficiency out of Tenant’s own funds. All damages awarded for any taking of all or any part of the Premises shall belong to Landlord,
except that Tenant shall be entitled to any award made for removal and reinstallation of Tenant’s fixtures, moving expenses, loss of business and loss of its leasehold interest. In the event that Landlord elects not to do so, Tenant, at its
sole cost and expense, shall have the right to contest any such eminent domain proceedings, including, but not limited to, the right to contest the proposed amount of any such award. 

ARTICLE XI 

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 

Provided that, at all times, (i) no Event of Default (as defined in Section 13.1. ) under this Lease has occurred and is continuing;
(ii) the sublease is expressly subject and subordinate to this Lease; and (iii) Tenant shall remain primarily liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant may sublet the Premises, in whole or in part, without
Landlord’s consent (“Permitted Subleases”). Upon any such sublease or upon any assignment of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall remain primarily liable to Landlord for timely payment and performance of all Rent and other
obligations under this Lease. Tenant agrees to promptly notify Landlord in writing of all Permitted Subleases the Tenant enters into under this Lease. Landlord may accept Rent, Additional Rent, and any other sums that may become due under this Lease
directly from any subtenant as agent for Tenant and require attornment of such subtenant in the event that this Lease is terminated or fails for any reason whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord’s
consent shall not be required for, and nothing shall prohibit or restrict any leasehold mortgage entered into by Tenant, or any assignment of this Lease or subletting of a part or the whole of the Premises by Tenant: (i) to an affiliate of
Tenant; (ii) in conjunction with any consolidation, reorganization, merger, acquisition, or private placement involving Tenant or any of its affiliate(s); (iii) to any corporation or other business entity purchasing all or substantially
all of the assets of Tenant or any of its affiliate(s); or (iv) in conjunction with any offering, sale, listing, redemption, hypothecation, conversion, exchange, transfer or other similar disposition of all or any portion of the membership
interests of Tenant or any of its affiliate(s). 

  
 14 

 ARTICLE XII 

END OF TERM 
 Tenant shall
surrender actual and exclusive possession of the entirety of the Premises to Landlord at the end of the Term, in good condition, subject to reasonable wear and tear, subject only to such tenancies and occupancies permitted to remain in effect beyond
the expiration of the Term to which Landlord has previously agreed in writing and Permitted Subleases. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; LANDLORD’S REMEDIES; EXPENSES OF ENFORCEMENT 

Section 13.1. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an “Event of
Default” under this Lease: 
 (i) Tenant shall fail to pay when due any Rent or other amount owed to Landlord under this Lease; or

 (ii) Tenant shall fail to perform any other covenant or agreement in this Lease and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty
(30) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord (or if such failure is not capable of being cured within thirty (30) days, such reasonable time thereafter not to exceed ninety (90) days, provided that Tenant has commenced such
cure within the thirty (30) day period and is diligently proceeding to cure such failure), or if any such failure involves a hazardous condition or a failure to maintain insurance required by the Lease, such failure is not cured by Tenant
immediately upon notice to Tenant; or 
 (iii) Tenant shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or shall file or have filed against it a petition in any proceeding seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any
present or future statute, law or regulation or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property, and such proceeding shall not be vacated or discharged within
thirty (30) days, or shall be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt, or a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official shall be appointed for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of its property, or a substantial part of its property
shall be attached, executed upon or otherwise impressed with a lien in favor of one or more creditors, and such appointment, attachment, execution or lien shall not be vacated or discharged within thirty (30) days; or 

(iv) Tenant dissolves or liquidates. 

Section 13.2. Termination of Lease; Reletting. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, in addition to any other remedies
provided by law, Landlord may terminate this Lease, or Landlord may, without terminating this Lease in accordance with applicable law, re-enter the Premises or any property comprising part of the Premises and dispossess Tenant or any other occupant
of the Premises or any property comprising part of the Premises and remove Tenant’s and/or such other occupant’s effects and relet the Premises or any property comprising part of the Premises for the account of Tenant for such rent and on
such terms as shall be satisfactory to Landlord, crediting the actual proceeds of reletting (after deducting the costs and expenses of re-entry, 

  
 15 

 
alterations and additions and the expense of reletting) to the unpaid amounts due under this Lease during the remainder of the Term and Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the balance
owed. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents received by Landlord which exceed the balance owed by Tenant to Landlord calculated as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. 

Section 13.3. Termination of Lease; Money Judgment. Upon termination of this Lease as a result of the occurrence of an Event of
Default in accordance with applicable law, Landlord shall be entitled as final and liquidated damages to a money judgment against Tenant in the amount of the aggregate of the following: (i) all unpaid Rent due on or before the date of
termination, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate; (ii) the excess, if any, of all Rent which would have become due on or before the date of the judgment but for the termination over the fair market rental value of the Premises
for such period, taking into account a reasonable vacancy and lease up factor, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate; and (iii) the excess, if any, of all Rent which would come due after the date of the judgment but for the
termination of this Lease over the fair rental value of the Premises for such period, taking into account a reasonable vacancy rate and lease up factor, discounted to present value using as a discount factor the discount rate of the Federal Reserve
Bank of Chicago in effect at the time of judgment. 
 Section 13.4. Expenses of Enforcement. If, at any time during the Term of
this Lease, either Landlord or Tenant shall institute any action or proceeding against the other which is related to or arises out of the provisions of this Lease or any default hereunder, then each party shall bear its own costs and expenses,
including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses. 
 Section 13.5. Landlord’s Right to Cure. Landlord may
assign its rights under this Section to the Landlord’s Mortgagee upon written notice to Tenant. If Tenant shall fail to make any payment, or to perform any act required to be made or performed under this Lease and to timely cure the same,
Landlord, without waiving or releasing any obligation or Event of Default, may (but shall be under no obligation to) at any time thereafter make such payment or perform such act for the account and at the expense of Tenant, and may, to the extent
permitted by law, enter upon the Property for such purpose and take all such action thereon as, in Landlord’s opinion, may be necessary or appropriate therefore, and no such entry shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant. Tenant shall immediately
repay the same to Landlord, upon demand, together with all costs and expenses so incurred, together with a late charge thereon, all to the extent permitted by law, at the Interest Rate from the date on which such sums or expenses are paid or
incurred by Landlord. The obligations of Tenant and rights of Landlord contained in this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. 

Section 13.6. Bankruptcy of Tenant. 

(a) In the event that Tenant shall become a debtor in a case filed under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and Tenant’s trustee or Tenant
shall elect to assume this Lease for the purpose of assigning the same or otherwise, such election and assignment may be made only if the provisions of Section 13.6. (b) and Section 13.6. (d) are satisfied as if the election to
assume were made in a case filed under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. If Tenant or Tenant’s trustee shall fail to elect to assume this Lease within sixty (60) days after the filing of such petition or such additional time as provided
by the court within such 60-day period, this Lease shall be deemed to have been rejected and immediately thereupon Landlord shall be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant
or Tenant’s trustee and this Lease upon the election of Landlord shall terminate, but Landlord’s right to be compensated for 

  
 16 

 
damages (including, without limitation, liquidated damages pursuant to any provision hereof) or the exercise of any other remedies in any such proceeding shall survive, whether or not this Lease
shall be terminated. 
 (b) (i) In the event that Tenant shall become a debtor in a case filed under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, or
in a case filed under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code which is transferred to Chapter 11, Tenant’s trustee or Tenant, as debtor-in-possession, must elect to assume
this Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of the filing of the petition under Chapter 11 or the transfer thereto or such additional time as provided by the court or Tenant’s trustee or the
debtor-in possession shall be deemed to have rejected this Lease. In the event that Tenant, Tenant’s trustee or the
debtor-in-possession has failed to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease within the time periods (excluding grace periods) required for such
performance, no election by Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession to assume this Lease, whether under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11, shall be permitted or
effective unless each of the following conditions has been satisfied: 
 (1) Tenant’s trustee or the
debtor-in possession has cured all Events of Default under this Lease, or has provided Landlord with Assurance (as defined below) that it will cure all Events of Default susceptible of being cured by the
payment of money within ten (10) days from the date of such assumption and that it will cure all other Events of Default under this Lease which are susceptible of being cured by the performance of any act promptly after the date of such
assumption. 
 (2) Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession has compensated Landlord, or
has provided Landlord with Assurance that within ten (10) days from the date of such assumption it will compensate Landlord, for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by Landlord arising from the default of Tenant, Tenant’s trustee, or the debtor-in-possession as indicated in any statement of actual pecuniary loss sent by Landlord to Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession. 
 (3) Tenant’s trustee or the
debtor-in-possession has provided Landlord with Assurance of the future performance of each of the obligations of Tenant, Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession under this Lease, and, if Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession has provided such Assurance,
Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession shall also (i) deposit with Landlord, as security for the timely payment of rent hereunder, an amount equal to one
(1) installment of Rent (at the rate then payable) which shall be applied to installments of Rent in the inverse order in which such installments shall become due provided all the terms and provisions of this Lease shall have been complied
with, and (ii) pay in advance to Landlord on the date each installment of Rent is payable a pro rata share of Tenant’s annual obligations for Additional Rent pursuant to this Lease, such that Landlord shall hold funds sufficient to satisfy
all such obligations as they become due. The obligations imposed upon Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession by this Section shall continue with respect to
Tenant or any assignee of this Lease after the completion of bankruptcy proceedings. 
 (4) The assumption of this Lease will not breach or
cause a default under any provision of any other lease, mortgage, financing arrangement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound. 

(ii) For purposes of this Section 13.6. , Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that “Assurance” shall mean no less than:
Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the

  
 17 

 
payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that sufficient funds will be available to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, and (x) there
shall have been deposited with Landlord, or the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered an order segregating, sufficient cash payable to Landlord, and/or (y) Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession shall have granted a valid and perfected first lien and security interest and/or mortgage in property of Tenant, Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession, acceptable as to value and kind to Landlord, to secure to Landlord the obligation of Tenant, Tenant’s trustee or the
debtor-in-possession to cure the Events of Default under this Lease, monetary and/or non-monetary, within the time periods set
forth above. 
 (c) In the event that this Lease is assumed in accordance with Section 13.6. (b) and thereafter Tenant is
liquidated or has filed against it (without dismissal within sixty (60) days thereafter) or files a subsequent petition under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease and all rights of
Tenant hereunder by giving Tenant notice of its election to so terminate within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of any such event. 

(d) If Tenant’s trustee or the debtor-in-possession has
assumed this Lease pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 13.6. (a) or Section 13.6. (b) for the purpose of assigning (or elects to assign) this Lease, this Lease may be so assigned only if the proposed assignee (the
“Assignee”) has provided adequate assurance of future performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Landlord shall be entitled to receive all cash proceeds of such assignment. As used
herein “adequate assurance of future performance” shall mean no less than that each of the following conditions has been satisfied; 

(i) the Assignee has furnished Landlord with either (1) (x) a copy of a credit rating of Assignee which Landlord reasonably
determines to be sufficient to assure the future performance by Assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and (y) a current financial statement of Assignee audited by a certified public accountant indicating a net worth and working
capital in amounts which Landlord reasonably determines to be sufficient to assure the future performance by Assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or (ii) a guarantee or guarantees, in form and substance satisfactory to
Landlord, from one or more persons with a credit rating and net worth equal to or exceeding the credit rating and net worth of Tenant as of the date hereof. 

(ii) Landlord has obtained all consents or waivers from others required under any lease, mortgage, financing arrangement or other agreement
by which Landlord is bound to permit Landlord to consent to such assignment. 
 (e) when, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant’s
trustee or the debtor-in-possession shall be obligated to pay reasonable use and occupancy charges for the use of the Premises, such charges shall not be less than the
Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease. 
 (f) Neither the whole nor any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or its estate in
the Premises shall pass to any trustee, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, or any other person or entity, by operation of law or otherwise under the laws of any state having jurisdiction of the person or property of Tenant unless
Landlord shall have consented to such transfer. No acceptance by Landlord of rent or any other payments from any such trustee, receiver, assignee, person or other entity shall be deemed to constitute such consent by Landlord nor shall it be deemed a
waiver of Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent. 

  
 18 

 (g) In the event of an assignment of Tenant’s interests pursuant to this Section 13.6.
, the right of Assignee to extend the term of this Lease for an extended term beyond the then term of this Lease shall be extinguished. 

Section 13.7 Default by Landlord. If Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant or obligation required to be performed by
Landlord under the terms of this Lease and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice thereof from Tenant or if Landlord shall fail to pay any sums due to Tenant under this Lease on
the date the same shall become due and payable hereunder, and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice thereof from Tenant [unless such failure is of such a nature that it cannot
be cured within said thirty (30) day period, in which event Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if it shall have commenced to cure said default within said thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute said cure to completion],
then Tenant may, as its sole remedy under this Lease, cure any covenant or obligation which Landlord has failed to perform, and any sums expended by Tenant in curing such failure shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant immediately upon demand, and shall
bear interest at the Interest Rate from the date of demand; or (b) bring suit to recover from Landlord all sums due Tenant from Landlord together with interest at the Interest Rate. 

ARTICLE XIV 

HOLDING OVER IN POSSESSION 

If Tenant shall retain possession of all or any part of the Premises beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant (i) shall
pay to Landlord one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent payable for the last month of the Term of this Lease and any Additional Rent due to Landlord for each month that Tenant holds possession of any part of the Premises after
expiration or termination of this Lease; (ii) shall also pay all costs incurred and damages sustained by Landlord, whether direct or consequential, on account of such holding over; and (iii) such tenancy shall be month to month and
otherwise upon such terms and conditions (including rent) as Landlord shall specify. 
 ARTICLE XV 

MORTGAGES 

Section 15.1. Subordination and Attornment. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any Mortgage that may hereafter be
placed upon the Premises, or any part thereof, and to all amounts secured thereby, and to all renewals, replacements and extensions of any of the foregoing, except to the extent that any Mortgage provides otherwise, provided that any such mortgagee
agrees in writing to not disturb Tenant’s occupancy and possession of the Premises, so long as Tenant is not then in default. Tenant further agrees that, in the event of a foreclosure of any Mortgage or of a conveyance in lieu thereof, it will
attorn to the mortgagee or to the purchaser at any foreclosure sale, as the case may be, upon the condition that such mortgagee or purchaser shall agree in writing to recognize Tenant and this Lease, so long as Tenant is not then in default. Tenant
agrees that such mortgagee or purchaser shall not be bound to recognize (i) Tenant’s payment of any Rent if paid more than one (1) month in advance or (ii) any 

  
 19 

 
amendment to this Lease without such mortgagee’s consent. Tenant shall at Landlord’s request execute such further instruments or assurances as any mortgagee or purchaser may request to
evidence (i) the subordination of this Lease or to acknowledge the superiority of this Lease, as the case may be upon the condition that such mortgagee or purchaser shall agree in writing to recognize Tenant and this Lease and agree to a
non-disturbance of the Tenant, (ii) Tenant’s attornment agreement, and/or (iii) the acknowledgment of the express obligations of Tenant to the Landlord’s Mortgagee that are provided for in this Lease. Prior to the Landlord
entering into a Mortgage, Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to procure a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement from Landlord’s Mortgagee in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant, pursuant to
which such Mortgagee agrees that so long as there is not then a default by Tenant under this Lease which is not cured within the applicable cure period, Mortgagee shall not disturb Tenant’s use of the Premises if lender forecloses upon or
otherwise takes possession of the Premises. 
 Section 15.2. No Personal Liability. In no event shall any Mortgagee of the
Premises, or any part thereof, its nominee, or the purchaser at a foreclosure sale have any personal liability whatsoever for any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of Landlord hereunder or in connection herewith, or any liability
for any security deposit or other sums deposited with Landlord, or for any previous prepayment of Rent to Landlord, unless actually received by such Mortgagee, nominee or purchaser. 

Section 15.3. Notices to Mortgagee and Mortgagee Right to Cure. Provided Tenant receives written notice of the name and address of
Landlord’s Mortgagee having an interest in the Premises, Tenant agrees that in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall send written notice of the default to Landlord’s Mortgagee. Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have
thirty (30) days after the written notice from Tenant is sent within which to cure the default, and if the default is not capable of being cured within the 30-day period, then Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have a reasonable time thereafter to
effect such cure, provided that Landlord’s Mortgagee commences to cure the same within the initial 30-day period and diligently pursues such cure until completed. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not
have any right or remedy pursuant to this Lease or otherwise due to Landlord’s default unless Tenant shall have first given notice of the default to Landlord’s Mortgagee and unless Landlord’s Mortgagee shall have failed to cure the
default within the time required by this Section 15.3. . Tenant will accept performance by Landlord’s Mortgagee of any covenant, agreement or obligation of Landlord contained in this Lease with the same effect as though performed by
Landlord. Nothing in this Section 15.3. shall be construed to require Landlord’s Mortgagee to cure a default by Landlord. 

Section 15.4. Foreclosure; Deed in Lieu of Foreclosure. The provisions of this Article XV shall apply in the event of a
foreclosure of any Mortgage or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, notwithstanding the fact that the mortgagee thereunder may, directly or indirectly, own or have an interest in Landlord or an interest in the Premises in addition to its interest
under such Mortgage. 
 Section 15.5. Estoppel Certificates. From time to time upon written request of Landlord or Tenant, the
other shall deliver to the requesting party within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the request, a statement in writing by such party or its duly authorized representative having knowledge of the following facts, certifying (i) that this
Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if there have been modifications, an itemized description of such modifications and that this Lease as modified is in full force and effect; (ii) the dates to which Rent and other amounts
payable hereunder have been paid; (iii) that the requesting party is not in default under any 

  
 20 

 
provision of this Lease, or, if in default, the nature thereof in detail; and (iv) such further matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party. It is the intention of the
parties that any such statement may be relied upon by any auditors, accountants, lenders, prospective lenders, mortgagees or prospective mortgagees, or any prospective or subsequent purchaser or transferee of all or a part of Landlord’s
interest in the Premises. In connection with the financing, sale or transfer of the Premises by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord whatever instruments may be required by Landlord for such purposes, or Tenant shall be in default
under this Lease upon the expiration of such 15-day period. 
 Section 15.6. Mortgage and Other Obligations Binding on Tenant.
Any and all obligations of and limitations on Landlord under any Mortgage on the Premises, or any part thereof, or any ground lease, including, without limitation, payment of property taxes and expense reimbursements, lien prohibitions, maintenance,
repair, alterations, replacements and restoration obligations, required insurance coverages, and restrictions on use of insurance and condemnation proceeds, shall be binding on and be the responsibility of Tenant, subject to the provisions of this
Lease. Landlord agrees that, if it grants or creates any mortgage, lien, or encumbrance (“Encumbrances”) upon the Premises, Landlord’s Mortgagee shall agree (a) to give Tenant the same notice, if any, given to Landlord of
any default or acceleration of any obligation underlying any such Encumbrance or any sale in foreclosure of such Encumbrance, (b) to permit Tenant to cure any such default on Landlord’s behalf within any applicable cure period, in which
event Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for any and all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred to effect any such cure (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), (c) to permit Tenant to appear with its representatives and to bid at any
foreclosure sale with respect to any such Encumbrance, provided that no Event of Default by Tenant exists under the Lease, (d) that, if subordination by Tenant is requested by Landlord’s Mortgagee, to enter into an agreement with Tenant
containing the provisions described in Section 15.1. of this Lease. Tenant shall be permitted to mortgage, pledge, grant or assign a security interest in its leasehold and contract rights hereunder. Landlord and Tenant shall not modify this
Lease without the express prior written consent of the Landlord’s Mortgagee. 
 ARTICLE XVI 

CERTAIN RIGHTS OF LANDLORD 

Section 16.1. Right of Entry. Landlord reserves, and shall at all times have, the right to enter the Premises, or any part
thereof, to inspect the same, to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to show the Premises, or any part thereof. Tenant hereby waives any claim, related to Landlord’s entry into the Premises, for damages for any
injury, inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby, other than damages or injury caused solely by the gross negligence or intentional
act of Landlord. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain keys with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon or about the Premises, or any part thereof, and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all
means which Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or proper to open such doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry. Tenant is aware that Landlord may deposit keys to the Premises, or any part thereof, in lock boxes for the benefit of the local
fire departments, and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims against Landlord resulting from Landlord’s deposit of keys in the lock boxes for the benefit of the local fire departments. If Tenant changes the locks to any doors in the Premises,
or any part thereof, Tenant shall immediately provide Landlord with a key for such new lock. Any entry to the Premises, or any part thereof, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a
detainer of, the Premises, or any part thereof, or an eviction, of Tenant. 

  
 21 

 Section 16.2. Sale or Transfer of Premises. Landlord shall have the right to sell,
assign or otherwise transfer, in whole or in part, its interest in the Premises and the Property without Tenant’s consent. 

ARTICLE XVII 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 17.1. Effect of Payments by Tenant. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the total amount
then due and payable shall be deemed to be other than on account, nor shall any such payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept any payment without prejudice to any outstanding demand or action for possession, notice of
default or notice of termination. No payment by Tenant after termination of this lease shall reinstate this Lease or extend the Term or waive or affect any notice given or proceedings commenced. 

Section 17.2. Waiver of Jury Trial. Intentionally omitted. 

Section 17.3. No Joint Venture. This Lease does not create a joint venture or partnership between Landlord and Tenant or Landlord
and the Landlord’s Mortgagee or the Landlord’s Mortgagee and Tenant. 
 Section 17.4. Effect of Waiver. No waiver of
performance of any agreement in this Lease shall be binding against the party alleged to have waived unless the waiver shall be in writing. No waiver shall be extended by implication, custom or practice to any situation or circumstance not expressly
described and shall not be interpreted as applying to any obligations of a recurring nature, unless so stated with particularity. 

Section 17.5. Real Estate Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any
real estate broker or brokers in connection with this Lease. In the event that any claim for any broker’s or finder’s fee or commission in connection with the negotiation, execution or consummation of this Lease is made by any person or
entity, each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any such claim. 
 Section 17.6.
Recitals. The recitals hereto are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. 
 Section 17.7. Time of
Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and every provision hereof. 
 Section 17.8. Communications. All
communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be given or made when served personally or two (2) business days after deposit in the United States mail, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows: 
  

			
	If to Landlord:	  	c/o Physicians Realty L.P.
		  	250 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1900
		  	Milwaukee, WI 53202
		  	Attn:    Mark D. Theine

  
 22 

			
	If to Tenant:	  	Foundation Surgical Hospital Affiliates, LLC
		  	14000 N. Portland, Suite 200
		  	Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134
		  	Attn:    CEO
		
	With a copy to:	  	Foundation Surgical Hospital Affiliates, LLC
		  	14000 N. Portland, Suite 200
		  	Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134
		  	Attn:    Legal Dept.

 Or to such party at such other address as such party may designate by notice duly given in accordance with this Section to the
other party. 
 Section 17.9. Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of the parties to this Lease shall inure to the
benefit of, and shall be binding upon, their respective successors, and assigns. 
 Section 17.10. Severability. In the event
any provision of this Lease shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof. 

Section 17.11. Execution of Counterparts. This Lease may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall
be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 Section 17.12. Entire Agreement. This Lease
sets forth all of the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Lease, and there are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written,
between them other than as are herein set forth. This Lease supersedes all prior written and oral communications relating to the subject matter of this Lease. 

Section 17.13. Modification, Waiver and Termination. This Lease and each provision hereof may not be modified, amended, changed,
altered, waived, terminated or discharged unless consented to by a written instrument signed by Landlord’s Mortgagee and the party sought to be bound by such modification, amendment, change, alteration, waiver, termination or discharge. 

Section 17.14. Construction. 

(a) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and other words of similar import refer to this Lease as a whole
not to the individual Sections in which such terms are used. 
 (b) References to Sections and other subdivision of this Lease are to the
designated Sections and other subdivision of this Lease as originally executed. 
 (c) The headings of this Lease are for convenience only
and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof. 
 (d) Where the context so requires, words used in the singular shall include the
plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall include all other genders. 

  
 23 

 Section 17.15. Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed exclusively by and
construed in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its choice of law or conflicts of laws provisions. 

Section 17.16. Medical Waste. At all times during the term of the Lease and any extension(s) thereof, Tenant, at Tenant’s
sole cost and expense, shall make all necessary arrangements for the removal of all waste generated by Tenant, in accordance with all applicable rules, regulations and environmental laws regulating disposal of medical waste, and shall cause any
subtenants or others occupying any portion of the Premises to dispose of all their waste in the same manner. 
 Section 17.17.
Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant agrees that it shall look solely to the estate and property of the Landlord in the Premises for the collection of any judgment
(or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord for any default or breach by Landlord of any of its obligations under this Lease, subject, however, to the prior rights of any ground or underlying landlord or the holder of any
mortgage covering the Improvements or of Landlord’s interest therein. No other assets of the Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other judicial process for the satisfaction of Tenant’s claim. Nothing herein contained shall be
construed to limit any right of injunction against the Landlord, where appropriate. 
 Section 17.18. No Merger. In no event
shall the leasehold interests, estates, or rights of Tenant hereunder merge with any interests, estates, or rights of Landlord or of any mortgagee in or to any and all of the Premises, it being understood that such leasehold interests, estates, and
rights of Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be separate and distinct from Landlord’s and any mortgagee’s interests, estates, and rights in or to the Premises, notwithstanding that any such interests, estates, or rights shall at any time
or times be held by or vested in the same person or entity. 
 Section 17.19. Financial Statements. Tenant shall provide to
Landlord and Landlord’s Mortgagee the following: 
 (i) If Tenant’s financial statements are audited and certified
by its public accountants, then within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of Tenant and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal
year, and related audited consolidated statements of income, changes in common stock and other stockholders’ equity and changes in the financial position of Tenant, its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles (‘GAAP’) applied on a basis consistently maintained throughout the period involved, together with the certification from Tenant’s accountants; 

(ii) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter (including the last fiscal quarter during each fiscal year of the
Tenant), (A) a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Tenant and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and related unaudited consolidated statements, changes in common stock and other
stockholders’ equity and changes in the financial position of Tenant, and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter, (B) a statement of income of Tenant 

  
 24 

 
and its consolidated Subsidiaries that sets forth the results for both such fiscal quarter and year-to-date, in all cases prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistently
maintained throughout the applicable period, (C) all quarterly consolidated financial reports Tenant produces and (D) an Officer’s Certificate stating that to the best of the signer’s knowledge and belief after making due inquiry
such quarterly financial statements are true, accurate and correct; 
 (iii) within thirty (30) days after they are
required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’), copies of any annual reports and of information, documents and other reports, or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may prescribe, which
Tenant is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 
 (iv)
promptly upon Tenant’s receipt thereof, copies of all written communications received by Tenant from any regulatory agency relating to (A) surveys of the Premises for purposes of licensure, Medicare and Medicaid certification and
accreditation which identify material violations or required changes relating to operation of the Premises, and (B) any proceedings, formal or informal, with respect to cited deficiencies with respect to services and activities provided and
performed at the Premises, including patient and resident care, patient and resident activities, patient and resident therapy, maintenance, or the condition of the Premises, and involving an actual or threatened warning, imposition of a material
fine or a penalty, or suspension, termination or revocation of any Premises’ license to be operated in accordance with its Permitted Use; and 

(v) with reasonable promptness, such other information respecting (A) the financial and operational condition and affairs
of Tenant and the Premises, (B) the physical condition of the Premises and (C) any suspected Transfer, including the then equity or voting ownership in Tenant in each case as Landlord may reasonably request, in the form of a questionnaire
or otherwise, from time to time. 
 Tenant shall be obligated to furnish Landlord with all certificates and statements required under this
Section 17.20 in a format reasonably acceptable to Landlord by (i) delivery of printed copies of the same to Landlord at its address for notice purposes under this Lease or any other address that Landlord may from time to time designate in
writing or (ii) electronic delivery of the same to Landlord at any electronic mail address that Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. 

[Signatures appear on following pages] 

  
 25 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first above written. 

 

							
	LANDLORD:
	
	 DOC-FSH SAN ANTONIO HOSPITAL, LLC,

a Wisconsin limited liability company

		
	By:	 	Physicians Realty, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, its Manager
			
		 	By:	 	Physicians Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, its general partner
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ John T. Thomas

		 		 		 	John T. Thomas
		 		 		 	President and Chief Executive Officer

  
 26 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first above written. 

 

			
	TENANT:
	
	 FOUNDATION SURGICAL HOSPITAL AFFILIATES, LLC

a Nevada limited liability company

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stanton Nelson

		 	Stanton Nelson, Manager

  
 27 

 EXHIBIT A 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY 
 BEING 5.243
ACRES OF LAND IN NEW CITY BLOCK (N.C.B.) 17195, SAN ANTONIO, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS, BEING LOT 28, BLOCK 1, VILLAGES AT HUEBNER III, RECORDED IN VOLUME 9567, PAGE 209, DEED AND PLAT RECORDS, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS, AND BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY
METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS: 
 BEGINNING AT A 12” REBAR WITH A CEC” PLASTIC CAP SET ON THE SOUTHEASTERLY RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF HUEBNER ROAD
(R.O.W.-VARIES, 115’ MIN.), AT THE COMMON CORNER OF SAID LOT 28 AND LOT 26, BLOCK 1, VILLAGES AT HUEBNER I, RECORDED IN VOLUME 9564, PAGE 2, DEED AND PLAT RECORDS, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS, THE MOST NORTHWESTERLY CORNER AND POINT OF BEGINNING OF
THIS TRACT: 
 THENCE NORTH 40° 37’ 18” EAST, COINCIDENT WITH THE COMMON LINE OF SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE AND LOT 28, A DISTANCE OF 50.99 FEET
TO A MAG CAP FOUND, AT THE COMMON CORNER OF LOT 28 AND LOT 27, SAID BLOCK 1, THE MOST NORTHERLY CORNER OF THIS TRACT; 
 THENCE DEPARTING SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY
LINE, COINCIDENT WITH THE COMMON LINE OF LOT 28 AND SAID LOT 27, THE FOLLOWING SIX (6) COURSES: 
 SOUTH 49° 30’ 00” EAST, A DISTANCE OF
40.07 FEET TO A MAG CAP FOUND; 
 SOUTH 40° 37’ 18” WEST, A DISTANCE OF 15.94 FEET TO A 12” REBAR WITH A “CEC” PLASTIC CAP
FOUND, A REENTRANT CORNER; 
 SOUTH 49° 30’ 00” EAST, A DISTANCE OF 234.62 FEET TO A MAG CAP FOUND; 

NORTH 85° 26’ 02” EAST, A DISTANCE OF 28.66 FEET TO A MAG CAP FOUND; 

SOUTH 49° 30’ 00” EAST, A DISTANCE OF 209.78 FEET TO A MAG CAP FOUND, A REENTRANT CORNER; 

NORTH 40° 30’ 00” EAST, A DISTANCE OF 294.24 FEET TO A 12” REBAR WITH A “CEC” PLASTIC CAP FOUND ON THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF LOT 15,
BLOCK 1, NEW COVENANT FAITH CENTER SUBDIVISION, RECORDED IN VOLUME 9508, PAGES 90-91, DEED AND PLAT RECORDS, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS, AT THE COMMON CORNER OF LOT 28 AND LOT 27, A NORTHERLY CORNER OF THIS TRACT: 

THENCE SOUTH 49° 29’ 33” EAST, COINCIDENT WITH THE COMMON LINE OF LOT 28 AND SAID LOT 15, A DISTANCE OF 570.90 FEET TO A 12” REBAR FOUND,
AT THE COMMON CORNER OF LOT 28 AND A 3.395 ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN VOLUME 10032, PAGE 1949, OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF REAL PROPERTY, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS, THE MOST EASTERLY CORNER OF THIS TRACT; 

 THENCE SOUTH 34° 47’ 17” WEST, COINCIDENT WITH THE COMMON LINE OF LOT 28 AND SAID 3.395 ACRE TRACT,
A DISTANCE OF 350.52 FEET TO A 12” REBAR WITH A “CEC” PLASTIC CAP SET, AT THE COMMON CORNER OF LOT 28 AND A 0.9329 OF ONE ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN VOLUME 10032, PAGE 1944, OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF REAL PROPERTY, BEXAR COUNTY,
TEXAS, THE MOST SOUTHERLY CORNER OF THIS TRACT; 
 THENCE NORTH 49° 41’ 41” WEST, COINCIDENT WITH THE COMMON LINE OF LOT 28, SAID 0.9329 OF
ONE ACRE TRACT AND A 0.9278 OF ONE ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN SAID VOLUME 10032, PAGE 1944, A DISTANCE OF 211.33 FEET TO A 12” REBAR WITH A “CEC” PLASTIC CAP SET, AT THE EAST CORNER OF A REMAINING PORTION OF A 4.918 ACRE TRACT OF
LAND DESCRIBED IN VOLUME 10423, PAGE 1215, OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF REAL PROPERTY, BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS, AN ANGLE POINT OF THIS TRACT; 
 THENCE NORTH
49° 30’ 00” WEST, COINCIDENT WITH THE COMMON LINE OF LOT 28, SAID REMAINING PORTION OF THE 4.918 ACRE TRACT, AND THE AFOREMENTIONED LOT 26, A DISTANCE OF 899.23 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING AND CONTAINING 5.243 ACRES OF LAND, MORE OF
LESS; SAVE AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION ALONG THE SOUTHERLY PROPERTY LINE PLATTED AS VILLAGES OF HUEBNER II, RECORDED IN VOLUME 9568, PAGE 106, DEED AND PLAT RECORDS OF BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS. 

 EXHIBIT B 

TITLE MATTERS 
 Those certain exceptions set
forth on Schedule B of that certain Commitment for Title Insurance No. NCS-647510-MKE issued by First American Title Insurance Company, dated January 6, 2014. The Title Matters shall be updated upon the issuance of the final title insurance
policy issued by First American Title Insurance Company.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 
  

 
 CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS,
L.P. 
 CALUMET FINANCE CORP. 

AND 
 THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE
SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF 
  
  

6.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of March 31, 2014 
  

 
 WILMINGTON
TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 As Trustee 
  

 

			
	 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture

Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N/A
	 (a)(4)
	  	N/A
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.10
	 (c)
	  	N/A
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N/A
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	11.03
	 (c)
	  	11.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06, 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06, 11.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03, 4.04, 11.02
	 (b)
	  	N/A
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N/A
	 (d)
	  	N/A
	 (e)
	  	11.05
	 (f)
	  	N/A
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05, 11.02
	 (c)
	  	7.01
	 (d)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.08
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	11.01
	 (b)
	  	N/A
	(c)	  	11.01

  
 N/A means
not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  
 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 
  

									
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
		 	Section 1.01.	  	 Definitions.
	  	 	1	  
		 	Section 1.02.	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	 	25	  
		 	Section 1.03.	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
	  	 	26	  
		 	Section 1.04.	  	 Rules of Construction.
	  	 	26	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	26	  
		 	Section 2.01.	  	 Form and Dating.
	  	 	26	  
		 	Section 2.02.	  	 Execution and Authentication.
	  	 	27	  
		 	Section 2.03.	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent.
	  	 	27	  
		 	Section 2.04.	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
	  	 	28	  
		 	Section 2.05.	  	 Noteholder Lists.
	  	 	28	  
		 	Section 2.06.	  	 Transfer and Exchange.
	  	 	28	  
		 	Section 2.07.	  	 Replacement Notes.
	  	 	29	  
		 	Section 2.08.	  	 Outstanding Notes.
	  	 	29	  
		 	Section 2.09.	  	 Temporary Notes.
	  	 	30	  
		 	Section 2.10.	  	 Cancellation.
	  	 	30	  
		 	Section 2.11.	  	 Defaulted Interest.
	  	 	30	  
		 	Section 2.12.	  	 CUSIP Numbers.
	  	 	30	  
		 	Section 2.13.	  	 Issuance of Additional Notes.
	  	 	30	  
		 	Section 2.14.	  	 Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities.
	  	 	31	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	31	  
		 	Section 3.01.	  	 Notices to Trustee.
	  	 	31	  
		 	Section 3.02.	  	 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed.
	  	 	31	  
		 	Section 3.03.	  	 Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	32	  
		 	Section 3.04.	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption.
	  	 	33	  
		 	Section 3.05.	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price.
	  	 	33	  
		 	Section 3.06.	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part.
	  	 	34	  
		 	Section 3.07.	  	 Optional Redemption.
	  	 	34	  
		 	Section 3.08.	  	 No Mandatory Sinking Fund.
	  	 	35	  
		 	Section 3.09.	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.
	  	 	35	  
		 	Section 3.10.	  	 Special Offer to Repurchase.
	  	 	37	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	39	  
		 	Section 4.01.	  	 Payment of Notes.
	  	 	39	  
		 	Section 4.02.	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency.
	  	 	39	  
		 	Section 4.03.	  	 Reports.
	  	 	40	  
		 	Section 4.04.	  	 Compliance Certificate.
	  	 	41	  
		 	Section 4.05.	  	 Taxes.
	  	 	41	  
		 	Section 4.06.	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	 	41	  
		 	Section 4.07.	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments.
	  	 	42	  
		 	Section 4.08.	  	 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.
	  	 	45	  

  
 ii 

									
		 	Section 4.09.	  	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
	  	 	47	  
		 	Section 4.10.	  	 Limitation on Asset Sales.
	  	 	50	  
		 	Section 4.11.	  	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
	  	 	51	  
		 	Section 4.12.	  	 Limitation on Liens.
	  	 	53	  
		 	Section 4.13.	  	 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.
	  	 	53	  
		 	Section 4.14.	  	 Corporate Existence.
	  	 	53	  
		 	Section 4.15.	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
	  	 	53	  
		 	Section 4.16.	  	 Permitted Business Activities.
	  	 	56	  
		 	Section 4.17.	  	 Sale and Leaseback Transactions.
	  	 	56	  
		 	Section 4.18.	  	 Covenant Suspension.
	  	 	57	  
		 	Section 4.19.	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
	  	 	57	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	58	  
		 	Section 5.01.	  	 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
	  	 	58	  
		 	Section 5.02.	  	 Successor Substituted.
	  	 	60	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	60	  
		 	Section 6.01.	  	 Events of Default.
	  	 	60	  
		 	Section 6.02.	  	 Acceleration.
	  	 	62	  
		 	Section 6.03.	  	 Other Remedies.
	  	 	63	  
		 	Section 6.04.	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults.
	  	 	63	  
		 	Section 6.05.	  	 Control by Majority.
	  	 	63	  
		 	Section 6.06.	  	 Limitation on Suits.
	  	 	63	  
		 	Section 6.07.	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.
	  	 	64	  
		 	Section 6.08.	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee.
	  	 	64	  
		 	Section 6.09.	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
	  	 	64	  
		 	Section 6.10.	  	 Priorities.
	  	 	65	  
		 	Section 6.11.	  	 Undertaking for Costs.
	  	 	65	  
		 	Section 6.12.	  	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
	  	 	65	  
		 	Section 6.13.	  	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
	  	 	65	  
		 	Section 6.14.	  	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
	  	 	66	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	66	  
		 	Section 7.01.	  	 Duties of Trustee.
	  	 	66	  
		 	Section 7.02.	  	 Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	67	  
		 	Section 7.03.	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee.
	  	 	68	  
		 	Section 7.04.	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer.
	  	 	69	  
		 	Section 7.05.	  	 Notice of Defaults.
	  	 	69	  
		 	Section 7.06.	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
	  	 	69	  
		 	Section 7.07.	  	 Compensation and Indemnity.
	  	 	69	  
		 	Section 7.08.	  	 Replacement of Trustee.
	  	 	70	  
		 	Section 7.09.	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	71	  
		 	Section 7.10.	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification.
	  	 	71	  
		 	Section 7.11.	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.
	  	 	72	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	72	  
		 	Section 8.01.	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	72	  
		 	Section 8.02.	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
	  	 	72	  
		 	Section 8.03.	  	 Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	73	  

  
 iii 

									
		 	Section 8.04.	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
	  	 	73	  
		 	Section 8.05.	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
	  	 	74	  
		 	Section 8.06.	  	 Repayment to Issuers.
	  	 	75	  
		 	Section 8.07.	  	 Reinstatement.
	  	 	75	  
		 	Section 8.08.	  	 Discharge.
	  	 	75	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	77	  
		 	Section 9.01.	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	 	77	  
		 	Section 9.02.	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes.
	  	 	78	  
		 	Section 9.03.	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
	  	 	79	  
		 	Section 9.04.	  	 Effect of Consents.
	  	 	79	  
		 	Section 9.05.	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
	  	 	79	  
		 	Section 9.06.	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	79	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES OF NOTES
	  	 	80	  
		 	Section 10.01.	  	 Subsidiary Guarantees.
	  	 	80	  
		 	Section 10.02.	  	 [Reserved].
	  	 	81	  
		 	Section 10.03.	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
	  	 	81	  
		 	Section 10.04.	  	 Releases of Subsidiary Guarantees.
	  	 	81	  
		 	Section 10.05.	  	 Execution and Delivery of Guaranty.
	  	 	82	  
		 	Section 10.06.	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.
	  	 	82	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	82	  
		 	Section 11.01.	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls.
	  	 	82	  
		 	Section 11.02.	  	 Notices.
	  	 	82	  
		 	Section 11.03.	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.
	  	 	84	  
		 	Section 11.04.	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
	  	 	84	  
		 	Section 11.05.	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
	  	 	84	  
		 	Section 11.06.	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.07.	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Unitholders.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.08.	  	 Governing Law.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.09.	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.10.	  	 Successors.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.11.	  	 Severability.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.12.	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	85	  
		 	Section 11.13.	  	 Counterparts.
	  	 	86	  
		 	Section 11.14.	  	 Acts of Holders.
	  	 	86	  
		 	Section 11.15.	  	 Patriot Act.
	  	 	87	  

  
 iv 

 APPENDIX, SCHEDULE AND ANNEX 

 

					
	 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX
	  	 	App. - 1	  

  

					
		 	EXHIBIT 1 Form of Initial Note	  	
		 	EXHIBIT A Form of Exchange Note	  	

  

							
	 SCHEDULE I
	 	 Agreements with Affiliates
	  	 	S-1	  
			
	 ANNEX A
	 	 Form of Supplemental Indenture
	  	 	A - 1	  

  
 v 

 This Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2014, is among Calumet Specialty Products Partners,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), Calumet Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the guarantors listed on the signatures page hereof
(each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Issuers’ Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes: 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY
REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person was merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of
such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness which is
extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Acquisition Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2014, by and among Calumet
Lubricants Co., Limited Partnership, ADF Holdings, Inc., the sellers named therein, GarMark Advisors II L.L.C., as the sellers’ representative, and Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., as guarantor. 

“Additional Interest” means all Additional Interest as calculated by the Company then owing pursuant to Section 2 of the
Registration Rights Agreement referred to in clause (1) of the definition of “Registration Rights Agreement” in the Appendix. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to “interest” in this Indenture or the
Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest. The Company shall give notice of any Additional Interest to the Trustee and the Holders. 

“Additional Notes” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09, 6.50% Senior Notes due 2021
issued from time to time after the Initial Issuance Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 or 3.06 of this Indenture and other than Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an exchange offer for other
Notes outstanding under this Indenture). 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified 

  
 1 

 
Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the
other Person; and further, that any third Person which also beneficially owns 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a specified Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of either the specified Person or the other Person merely because of such
common ownership in such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Agent Members” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Applicable Law,” except as the context may otherwise require, means all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court or governmental or congressional agency or authority and rules, regulations, orders, licenses and permits of any United States federal, state, municipal, regional, or other governmental
body, instrumentality, agency or authority. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of
or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any properties or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback
Transaction); provided, however, that the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Section 4.15 and/or the
provisions of Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests
in any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves properties or assets having a fair market value of
less than $15.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other properties or assets in the
ordinary course of business; 

  
 2 

 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents, Hedging Contracts
or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by
Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment; 
 (7) the creation or perfection of a Lien that is not prohibited by
Section 4.12; 
 (8) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

(9) surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any
kind; 
 (10) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations
therefor and other similar intellectual property; and 
 (11) an Asset Swap. 

“Asset Swap” means any substantially contemporaneous (and in any event occurring within 180 days of each other) purchase and
sale or exchange of any assets or properties used or useful in a Permitted Business (or Capital Stock representing an interest therein) between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash received
must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 as if the Asset Swap were an Asset Sale. 
 “Attributable Debt” in
respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction
including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in
accordance with GAAP. As used in the preceding sentence, the “net rental payments” under any lease for any such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by the lessee
thereunder, excluding any amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of
penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated. 

“Available Cash” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership Agreement, as in effect on the date of this
Indenture. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, as may be amended from time to time, or any similar
federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3
and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire 

  
 3 

 
by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially
Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on
behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general
partner of the partnership or, if such general partner is itself a limited partnership, then the board of directors or board of managers of its general partner; 

(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the board of managers or directors, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of
such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, the sum of (i) 85% of the fair market value of inventories of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent month preceding such date or any more recent date for which such information is available, and (ii) 90% of the book value of the accounts receivable (net of reserve for doubtful
accounts) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent month preceding such date or any more recent date for which such information is available, in each case calculated on a consolidated basis and on a pro forma
basis for any subsequent acquisitions or dispositions of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business of any Person that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including
through mergers or consolidations. 
 “Business Day” means any calendar day that is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 

  
 4 

 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such
state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s; 

(4) certificates of deposit, demand deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of
$500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (7) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control”
means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets (including Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or removal of the General Partner by the
limited partners of the Company; 

  
 5 

 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Qualifying Owners, becomes the Beneficial
Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of either the General Partner or of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, units or the like; or 

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the General Partner are not Continuing
Directors. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from a limited partnership,
corporation, limited liability company or other form of entity to a limited liability company, corporation, limited partnership or other form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding Equity Interests in one form of entity for Equity
Interests in another form of entity shall not constitute a Change of Control, so long as following such conversion or exchange the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who Beneficially Owned the
Capital Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such entity, or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient Equity Interests in such entity to elect a
majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity or its general partner, as applicable, and, in either case no “person,” other than a Qualifying Owner, Beneficially Owns more than
50% of the Voting Stock of such entity or its general partner, as applicable. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking,
société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute. 
 “Commission” or “SEC” means the
Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Company Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of an Issuer by an
Officer of the Company, who must be the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Controller of an Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period plus: 
 (1) an amount equal to any net loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized 

  
 6 

 
(including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance
financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(4) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses
that were paid in a prior period), impairment, non-cash equity based compensation expense and other non-cash items (excluding any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or
amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization, impairment and other non-cash items that were deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) unrealized non-cash losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet
adjustments required by GAAP to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (6)
all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of gain or loss, or revenue or expense; minus 
 (7) non-cash items
increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business; 
 in each case, on a
consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any
specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that: 

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting will be included, but only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by
operation of the terms of its charter or any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 

  
 7 

 (4) unrealized losses and gains under derivative instruments included in the
determination of Consolidated Net Income, including, without limitation those resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815 will be excluded; 

(5) realized losses and gains under derivative instruments excluded from the determination of Consolidated Net Income, without
limitation those resulting from the application of the FASB ASC 815 will be included; and 
 (6) any nonrecurring charges
relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be excluded. 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination, the aggregate amount of
total assets included in such Person’s most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP less applicable reserves reflected in such balance sheet, after deducting the following amounts: (a) all
current liabilities reflected in such balance sheet, and (b) all goodwill, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discounts and expenses and other like intangibles reflected in such balance sheet. 

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the General Partner
who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or 

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee” means the office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Wilmington Trust, National Association, Corporate Capital Markets, 50 South
Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attn: Calumet Special Products Partners, L.P., or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers, or the principal corporate
trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers). 

“Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2011, as amended by
that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2011, among the Company and certain of its subsidiaries as borrowers, certain financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders,
and Bank of America, N.A., as Agent, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or
refinanced from time to time. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the
Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, loan agreements, indentures or other financing agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or institutional investors 

  
 8 

 
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such
lenders against such receivables), debt securities or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time. 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Depository” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable
at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature (in each case other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified
Stock)). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 
 “Equity
Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) made for cash on a
primary basis by the Company after the date of this Indenture, provided that at any time on or after a Change of Control, any sale of Capital Stock to an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed an Equity Offering. 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, which is considered incurred under the first paragraph of Section 4.09 and other than intercompany indebtedness) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

  
 9 

 The term “fair market value” means the value that would be paid by a willing
buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party. 
 “Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that
the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to
the commencement of the applicable four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as
if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers,
consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used in a Permitted Business), and including in each case any related financing transactions (including repayment of Indebtedness) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent
to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, including any Consolidated Cash Flow and any pro forma expense and cost
reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next 12 months, in the reasonable judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the General Partner (regardless of whether those cost savings or operating
improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto); 

(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations
or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to
discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be
obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and 
 (4) interest
income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the
Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included. 

  
 10 

 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of
all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of
the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Contracts, other than gains or losses with respect to interest rate Hedging Contracts that are unwound in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes and the
application of the proceeds thereof, regardless of the timing of the cash settlement thereof; plus 
 (2) the consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 
 (3) any
interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is
called upon; plus 
 (4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified
Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect on the date of this
Indenture. 
 “General Partner” means Calumet GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and
permitted assigns as general partner of the Company or as the business entity with the ultimate authority to manage the business and operations of the Company. 

“Global Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged. 
 The term
“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner 

  
 11 

 
including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets, acting as co-obligor or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any
Indebtedness. When used as a verb, “guarantee” has a correlative meaning. 
 “Guarantors” means each of
(a) the Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Finance Corp., executing this Indenture as initial Guarantors, (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes a supplement to this Indenture in accordance with
Section 4.13 or 10.03 hereof and (c) the respective successors and assigns of such Restricted Subsidiaries, as required under Article 10 hereof, in each case until such time as any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be released and relieved
of its obligations pursuant to Section 8.02, 8.03 or 10.04 hereof. 
 “Hedging Contracts” means, with respect to any
specified Person: 
 (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements
entered into with one or more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and
designed to protect the Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchanges rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against
fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and 

(4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations
in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates; 
 and in each case are entered into only in the normal course of business and not for
speculative purposes. 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“Hydrocarbons” means crude oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid
hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

(1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments; 

  
 12 

 (3) in respect of all outstanding letters of credit issued for the account of
such Person that support obligations that constitute Indebtedness (provided that the amount of such letters of credit included in Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of the Indebtedness being supported) and, without duplication, the
unreimbursed amount of all drafts drawn under letters of credit issued for the account of such Person; 
 (4) in respect of
bankers’ acceptances; 
 (5) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 

(6) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or 
 (7) representing any obligations under Hedging Contracts, 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and obligations under Hedging Contracts) would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such
Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Indebtedness” excludes any
obligation arising from any agreement providing for indemnities, purchase price adjustments, holdbacks, contingency payment obligations based on the performance of the acquired or disposed assets or similar obligations (other than guarantees of
Indebtedness) incurred by the specified Person in connection with the acquisition or disposition of assets. 
 The amount of any
Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any
Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; 
 (2) in the case of obligations under any Hedging Contracts, the
termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; and 

(3) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past
due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Initial Issuance Date” means March 31, 2014. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Initial Purchasers” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P. 

  
 13 

 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding (1) commission, travel and similar advances to officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business and (2) advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration
of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or
otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company
will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in
the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 
 “Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary
of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes any Investment. 
 “Legal Holiday” means
each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made on the next
succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 “Lien” means, with
respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law, including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent
statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended as a security agreement. 

“Make Whole Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such
time of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 15, 2017 specified in the table in Section 3.07(a) plus (ii) any required interest payments due on such Note through April 15, 2017 (except for currently
accrued and unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), over (b) the
principal amount of such Note. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating
agency business thereof. 

  
 14 

 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss)
of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 

(1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection
with: (a) any Asset Sale; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person; and 

(2) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not
loss). 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 

(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and sales commissions, severance costs and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale; 
 (2) taxes paid
or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements; 

(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the properties or assets that were the
subject of such Asset Sale; and 
 (4) any amounts to be set aside in any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any
amount placed in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such properties or assets or for liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries until such time as
such reserve is reversed or such escrow arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement,
as the case may be. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement
action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3)
as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries except as contemplated by clause (9) of the definition of Permitted
Liens. 

  
 15 

 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09, in the event that any Non-Recourse
Debt of any of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Notes” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Notes Custodian” has the meaning specified in the Appendix. 

“Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities
or amounts payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means
the offering memorandum of the Issuers dated March 26, 2014 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President of such Person (or, with respect to the Company, of the General Partner). 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of an Issuer by two of its Officers, one of whom, in the
case of any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.04, must be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Controller of the Company, that, in each case, meets the
requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. 
 “Operating Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Partnership
Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel
(not at the Trustee’s expense) who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales, Indebtedness of an Issuer or any
Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be, and the terms of which require the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to apply such Excess Proceeds to offer to repurchase
such Indebtedness. 

  
 16 

 “Partnership Agreement” means the First Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership of the Company dated as of January 31, 2006, as in effect on the date of this Indenture and as such may be further amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time. 

“Permitted Business” means either (1) processing or marketing Hydrocarbons, or activities or services reasonably related
or ancillary thereto including entering into Hedging Contracts in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes to support these businesses and the development, manufacture and sale of equipment or technology related to these
activities, or (2) any other business that generates gross income that constitutes “qualifying income” under Section 7704(d) of the Code. 

“Permitted Business Investments” means Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Unrestricted
Subsidiary of the Company or in any Joint Venture, provided that: 
 (1) either (a) at the time of such Investment and
immediately thereafter, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 or (b) such Investment does not exceed the aggregate amount of
Incremental Funds (as defined in Section 4.07) not previously expended at the time of making such Investment; 
 (2) if
such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture has outstanding Indebtedness at the time of such Investment, either (a) all such Indebtedness is Non-Recourse Debt or (b) any such Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture
that is recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall include, without limitation, all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may be
directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, obligated to pay, whether pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness, by law or pursuant to any guarantee, including, without limitation, any “claw-back,” “make-well” or
“keep-well” arrangement) could, at the time such Investment is made, be incurred at that time by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09;
and 
 (3) such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s or Joint Venture’s activities are not outside the scope of the Permitted
Business. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company (including, without limitation, through purchases of Notes) or in a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  
 17 

 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from
an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10, including pursuant to clause (11) of the items deemed not to be Asset Sales under the definition of “Asset Sale;” 

(5) any Investment in any Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in
the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer, or as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Contracts entered into in the ordinary course
of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) Permitted Business Investments; and 

(9) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $100.0 million or 5.0% of the
Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt; 

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds
thereof) other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4)
Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any
property other than the property so acquired by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 18 

 (5) any interest or title of a lessor to the property subject to a Capital Lease
Obligation or operating lease; 
 (6) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price
of, or Capital Lease Obligations, Attributable Debt, purchase money obligations or other payments incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, improvement or construction of or repairs or additions to, assets or property acquired or constructed in
the ordinary course of business; provided that: 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens
is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and 

(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of the later of the acquisition, lease, completion of improvements, construction,
repairs or additions or commencement of full operation of the assets or property subject to such Lien and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed
or appurtenant thereto; 
 (7) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; 

(8) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, bids, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, trade contracts,
government contracts, operating leases, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(9) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt or other Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 

(10) Liens on pipelines or other facilities or equipment that arise by operation of law; 

(11) Liens arising under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, farmout
agreements, division orders, contracts for sale, transportation or exchange of crude oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements and other agreements arising in the ordinary course of
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are customary in the Permitted Business; 
 (12) Liens upon
specific items of inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created
for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by Section 4.09; 

  
 19 

 (13) Liens securing Obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes
or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case may be; 
 (14) Liens securing any Indebtedness equally and ratably with all
Obligations due under the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a contractual covenant that limits Liens in a manner substantially similar to Section 4.12; 

(15) Liens to secure performance of Hedging Contracts, or letters of credit issued in connection therewith, of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (16)
Liens securing any insurance premium financing under customary terms and conditions, provided that no such Lien may extend to or cover any assets or property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any
unearned or refunded insurance premiums related thereto; 
 (17) other Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding and secured by any Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (17) does not exceed the greater
of $100.0 million or 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and 
 (18) any Lien renewing, extending,
refinancing or refunding a Lien permitted by clauses (1) through (16) above, provided that (a) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other
reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (b) no assets encumbered by any such Lien other than the assets permitted to
be encumbered immediately prior to such renewal, extension, refinance or refund are encumbered thereby (other than improvements thereon, accessions thereto and proceeds thereof). 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in
exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness), provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 

  
 20 

 (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased
or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the
Noteholders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 

(4) such Indebtedness is not incurred (other than by way of a guarantee) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than
Finance Corp.) if the Company is the issuer or other primary obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, any Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities pursuant to Section 4.09 shall be subject only to the
refinancing provision in the definition of Credit Facilities and not pursuant to the requirements set forth in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Purchase Agreement” has the
meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act. 
 “Qualifying Owners” means, collectively, any of the owners of the General Partner as of the Initial
Issuance Date and their respective Affiliates, trustees, beneficiaries or the heirs or family members thereof, including The Heritage Group, Grube Grat, LLC, Irrevocable Intervivos Trust No. 12.27.73 for the Benefit of Fred Mehlert Fehsenfeld,
Jr. and his issue, dated December 18, 2012 and Maggie Fehsenfeld Trust No. 106 12.30.74 for the Benefit of Fred Mehlert Fehsenfeld, Jr. and his issue, dated December 18,2012. 

“Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Regulation S” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Reporting Default” means a Default described in Section 6.01(d). 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department (or any
successor group of the Trustee) of the Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular
subject, and who shall in each case have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Global
Note” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

  
 21 

 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Finance Corp. shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Rule
144A” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings
Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Sale and
Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to
a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person; provided that any such arrangements with respect to catalyst or precious metals that are entered into in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed to be Sale
and Leaseback Transactions. 
 “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Debt” means 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all
obligations under Hedging Contracts with respect thereto; 
 (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary
Guarantee; and 
 (3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

 

	 	(a)	any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or 

  

	 	(b)	any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

 For the avoidance of doubt, “Senior
Debt” will not include any trade payables or taxes owed or owing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

  
 22 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on
which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the
date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership or limited liability company) of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

(2) any partnership (whether general or limited) or limited liability company (a) the sole general partner or member of
which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (b) if there is more than a single general partner or member, either (x) the only managing general partners or managing members of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person (or any combination thereof) or (y) such Person owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding general partner interests, member interests or other Voting Stock of such partnership or limited liability
company, respectively. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantees” means the joint and several guarantees issued by all of the Guarantors
pursuant to Article 10 hereof. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb)
and the rules and regulations thereunder, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA (except as provided in Section 9.01(i) and 9.03 hereof). 

“Transfer Restricted Securities” has the meaning provided in the Appendix. 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant
maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2017; provided, however, that if such period is not equal to the constant maturity of a United
States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Company shall obtain the Treasury Rate by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury
securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2017 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year shall be used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the applicable redemption 

  
 23 

 
date and (b) prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Make Whole Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each
in reasonable detail. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Uniform
Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Finance Corp.) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such
Subsidiary: 
 (1) except to the extent permitted by subclause (2)(b) of the definition of “Permitted Business
Investments,” has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt owing to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct
or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 All Subsidiaries of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would
fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default of such covenant. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 

  
 24 

 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at
any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the
amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness. 
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

		
	“Act”	  	11.14
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.11
	“Anchor Acquisition”	  	3.10
	“Anchor Acquisition Offer”	  	3.10
	“Anchor Acquisition Offer Amount”	  	3.10
	“Anchor Acquisition Offer Period”	  	3.10
	“Anchor Acquisition Offer Settlement Date”	  	3.10
	“Anchor Acquisition Offer Termination Date”	  	3.10
	“Appendix”	  	2.01
	“Asset Sale Offer”	  	3.09
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.15
	“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.15
	“Change of Control Purchase Date”	  	4.15
	“Change of Control Settlement Date”	  	4.15
	“Covenant Defeasance”	  	8.03
	“Discharge”	  	8.08
	“Event of Default”	  	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.10
	“Incremental Funds”	  	4.07
	“incur”	  	4.09
	“Legal Defeasance”	  	8.02
	“Offer Amount”	  	3.09
	“Offer Period”	  	3.09
	“Paying Agent”	  	2.03
	“Payment Default”	  	6.01
	“Permitted Debt”	  	4.09
	“Registrar”	  	2.03
	“Reinstatement Date”	  	4.18
	“Restricted Payments”	  	4.07
	“Settlement Date”	  	3.09
	“Suspended Covenants”	  	4.18
	“Termination Date”	  	3.09

  
 25 

 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any
terms incorporated in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) the meanings of the words “will” and “shall” are the same when used to express an obligation; 

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (7) “herein,”
“hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 

Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix attached hereto (the
“Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is
hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication therefor shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which an Issuer is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement
is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 26 

 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

An Officer shall sign the Notes on behalf of each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the Initial Issuance
Date, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $900.0 million of Initial Notes and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in
such order, in each case upon receipt of a Company Order. Such Company Order shall comply with Section 11.05 and shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and
to whom the Notes shall be registered and delivered and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 after the Initial Issuance Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09. 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of
such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as
any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the United States where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall
incorporate the terms of the TIA (to the extent applicable). The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers
fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee. If the Trustee is no longer the Registrar and Paying Agent, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with access to inspect the Note register at all times and with copies of the Note register. 

  
 27 

 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, an Issuer shall deposit with the Paying
Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the
Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall
segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 Section 2.05. Noteholder
Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names
and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least ten Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of Notes. 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a
Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are
met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. The Issuers may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 or 9.05). 
 The Issuers shall not be required to make, and the
Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to
be redeemed. 
 Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Notes, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to the record date provisions of the Notes)
interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, any Guarantor (if applicable), the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. 

  
 28 

 Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial
interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such
Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes
issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Issuers, the Trustee or the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee upon receipt of a Company Order shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies
any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers, the Registrar and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such Note shall have
matured, instead of issuing a new Note, the Issuers may direct the Trustee to pay the same without surrender thereof upon the Holder furnishing the Issuers and the Trustee with indemnity satisfactory to them and complying with such other reasonable
regulations as the Issuers may prescribe and paying such reasonable expenses as the Issuer and the Trustee may incur in connection therewith. 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers. 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as otherwise provided in TIA §316(a), a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee, any provider of an indemnity bond and the
Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Trustee or any Paying Agent
(other than an Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate thereof) segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, by 11:00 a.m. New York time, on a redemption date or other maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if
any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding
and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on them cease to accrue. 

  
 29 

 Section 2.09. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes and
deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Section 2.10. Cancellation. 

An Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment or cancellation. Upon written request, the Trustee will deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 Section 2.11. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted
interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and
payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

Section 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. 
 The
Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers and corresponding “ISINs” in notices of redemption as
a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change
in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers. 
 Section 2.13. Issuance of Additional Notes. 

The Issuers shall be entitled, subject to their compliance with Section 4.09, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall
have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and the date from which interest begins to accrue. The Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, any
Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, consents, directions, declarations, amendments, redemptions and
offers to purchase. 

  
 30 

 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in an Officers’
Certificate, which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of
such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (2) the issue price, the issue date
and the CUSIP number and any corresponding ISIN of such Additional Notes; and 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be
Transfer Restricted Securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit 1 to the Appendix to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit A to the Appendix. 

Section 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities. 

The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of
determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of
determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding,
in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence and Section 2.08 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an
Officers’ Certificate, unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred, in which case such calculation may be made by the Trustee. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND
PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreeable to the Trustee) before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of
Section 3.07 pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, (iv) the redemption price, and (v) whether it requests the Trustee to give notice of
such redemption. Any such notice may be cancelled at any time prior to the mailing of notice of such redemption to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes
as follows: (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; (2) if the Notes are not listed on any national

  
 31 

 
securities exchange but are in global form, then by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC or the applicable depositary; or (3) if the Notes are not listed on any national
securities exchange and are not in global form, on a pro rata basis or by lot or such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem appropriate. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be
selected, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the giving of notice of the redemption pursuant to Section 3.03, by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for
partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed,
the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs of this Section 3.02 shall not apply with respect to any redemption affecting only a
Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In case of any such redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination. Any redemption in whole or
in part affecting a Global Note shall be done in accordance with Applicable Procedures. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a
redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price or, if the redemption price is not then determinable, the manner in which it is to be determined; 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

  
 32 

 (f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying
Agent of the Notes redeemed; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes
called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (i) any conditions precedent to such
redemption. 
 If any of the Notes to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuers shall modify such notice to the extent
necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures of the Depository applicable to redemption. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee
shall give the notice of optional redemption in the Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least ten days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused
to be mailed pursuant to this Section 3.03, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the second preceding paragraph. 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and
payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, subject to satisfaction of any conditions specified with respect to such redemption. If mailed in the manner provided for in Section 3.03, the notice of redemption shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) money sufficient in same day funds to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all
Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Paying Agent by an Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed. 
 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption date, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption whether or not such Notes are presented for payment, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such
Notes shall be to receive payment of the 

  
 33 

 
redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of an Issuer
to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful, on any interest and Additional Interest, if any, not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption
Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. 
 Section 3.06. Notes
Redeemed in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue in the name of the Holder and the
Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of a Company Order for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial
interests in the Global Note will be made as appropriate). 
 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the
Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to April 15, 2017. On or after April 15, 2017, the Issuers shall have the option on any one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, at the redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.625	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to
April 15, 2017, the Issuers may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the
redemption date), in an amount not greater than the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, provided that: 
 (1)
at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its
Subsidiaries); and 
 (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity
Offering. 

  
 34 

 (c) Prior to April 15, 2017, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part
of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of: 
 (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus 

(2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus 
 (3) the
Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 
 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed following certain Change of Control Offers, at the
redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(6). 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07
shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08. No Mandatory Sinking Fund. 

Except as set forth under Sections 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess
Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders
to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain
open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the
Offer Period (the “Settlement Date”), the Company shall purchase and pay for the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has
been validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), all Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the manner prescribed in the Notes. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the
Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the
Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and
Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Asset Sale Offer will terminate (the “Termination Date”); 

  
 35 

 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Settlement Date; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer
shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Settlement Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to
have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased; 

(f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice, before the Termination Date; 

(g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
prior to the Termination Date, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note
purchased; 
 (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders, and Pari Passu Indebtedness
surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount the Company is required to repurchase, the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes
and Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided, however, that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased; and 

(i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note if transferred by book-entry transfer). 

If any of the Notes subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent
necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. 
 Promptly after the Termination Date, the
Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer in the aggregate principal amount required by Section 4.10 hereof, and prior to the Settlement Date it shall deliver to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted 

  
 36 

 
for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Settlement Date, the Company or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, shall distribute to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in the
Global Note will be made as appropriate). Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or before the Settlement Date.

 Section 3.10. Special Offer to Repurchase. 

In the event that the planned acquisition by the Company of ADF Holdings, Inc. (the “Anchor Acquisition”) is not closed on the terms
contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement (with any such changes that the Company shall reasonably determine are appropriate) by June 30, 2014, or if the Acquisition Agreement is earlier terminated without the closing occurring thereunder, the
Company shall, no later than 30 days thereafter, make an offer (an “Anchor Acquisition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a maximum of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes. The offer price in any Anchor Acquisition
Offer shall be equal to 100% (or, at the Company’s election, a higher percentage) of the initial offer price of the Notes set forth in the Offering Memorandum plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Anchor Acquisition Offer Settlement
Date (as defined below). 
 The Anchor Acquisition Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and
no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by Applicable Law (the “Anchor Acquisition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Anchor Acquisition Offer Period (the “Anchor
Acquisition Offer Settlement Date”), the Company shall purchase and pay for the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.10 (the “Anchor Acquisition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Anchor
Acquisition Offer Amount has been validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn), all Notes validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in response to the Anchor Acquisition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the manner
prescribed in the Notes. 
 Upon the commencement of an Anchor Acquisition Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to
each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Anchor Acquisition Offer. The Anchor Acquisition Offer shall be made to all
Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Anchor Acquisition Offer, shall state: 
 (a) that the Anchor
Acquisition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10 and the length of time the Anchor Acquisition Offer shall remain open, including the time and date the Anchor Acquisition Offer will terminate (the “Anchor Acquisition Offer
Termination Date”); 

  
 37 

 (b) the Anchor Acquisition Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Anchor
Acquisition Offer Settlement Date; 
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue
interest and Additional Interest, if any; 
 (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted
for payment pursuant to the Anchor Acquisition Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Anchor Acquisition Offer Settlement Date; 

(e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Anchor Acquisition Offer may only elect to have all of such
Note purchased and may not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased; 
 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to any Anchor Acquisition Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company or a Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice, before the Anchor Acquisition Offer Termination Date; 
 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, prior to the Anchor Acquisition Offer Termination Date, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note
the Holder delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount the Company is required to
repurchase, the Notes shall be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes; provided, however, that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall
be purchased; and 
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note if transferred by book-entry transfer). 

If any of the Notes subject to an Anchor Acquisition Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the
extent necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. 
 Promptly after the Anchor
Acquisition Offer Termination Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Anchor Acquisition Offer in Anchor Acquisition Offer Amount, and prior to the Anchor Acquisition Offer
Settlement Date it shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.10. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the Anchor Acquisition Offer Settlement Date, the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall distribute to 

  
 38 

 
each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall issue a new Note, and the Trustee,
upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests
in the Global Note will be made as appropriate). Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Anchor Acquisition Offer on or before the
Anchor Acquisition Offer Settlement Date. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of
Notes. 
 The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds
as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money deposited by an Issuer or a Guarantor in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, then
due. 
 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at
the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any
(without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing
at least 5 Business Days in advance of the applicable payment date of the amounts and payment dates of any Additional Interest that may become payable under any Registration Rights Agreement. 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be
presented or surrendered for payment and they shall maintain an office or agency in the United States (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange.
The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. Notices and demands upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes shall be sent to the Issuers at the address set
forth in Section 11.02. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may
be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any
such other office or agency. 

  
 39 

 The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or
agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03. Reports. 

(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long
as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and, unless the
foregoing have been so filed and made publicly available, within five Business Days of filing, or attempting to file, the same with the SEC, the Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon its prior request, to any of the Holders or Beneficial
Owners of the Notes: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial and other information with respect to the Company and its
Subsidiaries that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file
such reports. 
 The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the Notes, prospective purchasers of the Notes and
securities analysts, upon their request, the information, if any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(c) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent material, the quarterly and annual
financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 (d) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under this Section is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein. 

  
 40 

 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2014, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 

(b) Delivery of reports, information, Officers’ Certificates and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the
Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information, Officers’ Certificates and/or documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Issuers’, any Guarantor’s or any other Person’s compliance with any of its covenants under the Indenture or the Notes (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on the compliance certificate described in
Section 4.04(a)). The Trustee shall be not obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, either Issuer’s, any Guarantor’s or any other Person’s compliance with the covenants described herein or with respect
to any reports, information, Officers’ Certificates or other documents filed under the Indenture. 
 (c) The Issuers shall, so long as
any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer of the General Partner or Finance Corp. becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default, its status and
the action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

Each of the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each
Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

  
 41 

 Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or payable to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated
Maturity thereof or within six months of the final Stated Maturity thereof; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all
such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, no Default (except a Reporting Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and either: 
 (1) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Trailing Four Quarters”) is not less than 1.75 to 1.0, such Restricted
Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of the next succeeding
paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made, is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(a) Available Cash from Operating Surplus with respect to the Company’s preceding fiscal quarter, plus 

(b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company (including the fair market value of any Permitted Business or
long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business to the extent acquired in consideration 

  
 42 

 
of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)) after April 21, 2011 as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the
Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests
(other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus 

(c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after April 21, 2011 is sold for cash or otherwise
liquidated or repaid for cash, the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any), plus 

(d) the net reduction in Restricted Investments resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers
of assets in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person (including, without limitation, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such
amounts have not been included in Available Cash from Operating Surplus for any period commencing on or after April 21, 2011 (items (b), (c) and (d) being referred to as “Incremental Funds”), minus 

(e) the aggregate amount of Incremental Funds previously expended pursuant to this clause (1) and clause (2) below;
or 
 (2) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Trailing Four Quarters is less than 1.75 to 1.0, such Restricted
Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (7) of the next succeeding
paragraph) with respect to the quarter for which such Restricted Payment is made (such Restricted Payments for purposes of this clause (2) meaning only distributions on the Company’s common units, subordinated units, or incentive
distribution rights, plus the related distribution to the General Partner), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 

(a) $225.0 million less the aggregate amount of all prior Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (2)(a) since April 21, 2011, plus 
 (b) Incremental Funds to the extent not
previously expended pursuant to this clause (2) or clause (1) above. 
 The preceding provisions will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration
the payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

  
 43 

 (2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent (a) contribution (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company) to the equity capital of the Company or (b) sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), with a sale being deemed substantially concurrent if
such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement occurs not more than 120 days after such sale; provided, however, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such purchase, redemption, defeasance
or other acquisition or retirement will be excluded (or deducted, if included) from the calculation of Available Cash from Operating Surplus and Incremental Funds; 

(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4)
the payment of any dividend or distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

(5) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement or equity option agreement or other employee benefit plan or to satisfy obligations under any Equity Interests appreciation rights or option plan
or similar arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $15.0 million in any calendar year, with any portion of such $15.0 million amount
that is unused in any calendar year to be carried forward to successive calendar years and added to such amount; 
 (6) the
purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of unit options, warrants, incentives, rights to acquire Equity Interests or other convertible securities if such
Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price thereof, and any purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any
exercise or exchange of unit options, warrants, incentives or rights to acquire Equity Interests; or 
 (7) so long as no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (i) at a
purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such subordinated Indebtedness plus accrued interest in accordance with provisions similar to that contained in Section 4.15 or (ii) at a purchase price not greater than 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest in accordance with provisions similar to that contained in Sections 3.09 and 4.10; provided, that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other
acquisition, the Company shall have complied with Section 4.15 or Sections 3.09 and 4.10, as the case may be, and repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with the Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case
may be. 

  
 44 

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date
of the Restricted Payment of the Restricted Investment proposed to be made or the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The
fair market value of any Restricted Investment, assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined, in the case of amounts under $35.0 million, by an officer of the General Partner and, in the case of amounts
over $35.0 million, by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (excluding any Restricted Payment described in the preceding clause
(2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or (7)) the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this
Section 4.07 were computed. 
 Section 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or
make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

However, the preceding restrictions of this Section 4.08 will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 (1) agreements as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements or the Indebtedness to which they relate, provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or
refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend, distribution and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

(3) Applicable Law; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of 

  
 45 

 
such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was otherwise permitted by the terms of
this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in Hydrocarbon purchase and sale or exchange
agreements or similar operational agreements or in licenses, easements or leases, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 

(6) Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case for property acquired in the
ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; 

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by
that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that
the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or
distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any agreement or instrument relating to any property or assets acquired after the date of this Indenture, so long as such
encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property or assets so acquired and is not and was not created in anticipation of such acquisitions; 

(12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; and 
 (13) any other agreement governing Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is permitted
to be incurred by Section 4.09; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture or the Credit Agreement as it exists on the date of this
Indenture. 

  
 46 

 Section 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, issue any Disqualified Stock, and the Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Guarantor) to issue any preferred securities; provided, however, that the Issuers and any Guarantor may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, if, for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if
the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or preferred securities had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively,
“Permitted Debt”) or the issuance of any preferred securities described in clause (11) below: 
 (1) the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness (including letters of credit) under one or more Credit Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount
of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries thereunder) and then outstanding does not exceed the
greater of (a) $1,000.0 million or (b) the Borrowing Base; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness
represented by (a) the Notes issued and sold on the Initial Issuance Date and the related Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the date of this Indenture and (b) the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees issued pursuant to any
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
represented by Capital Lease Obligations, Attributable Debt, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of
property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to
this clause (4), provided that after giving effect to any such incurrence, the principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million or
(b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at such time; 

  
 47 

 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to, extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09 or clause (2) or (3) of this paragraph or this clause (5); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Guarantor is not the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, or if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and neither the Company nor another Guarantor is the obligee, such Indebtedness must be expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Guarantor; and 

(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed, in each case, to
constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Contracts in the ordinary course of business
and not for speculative purposes, including any obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in connection therewith; 

(8) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; 
 (9) the incurrence by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net Hydrocarbon balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 

(10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety
and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of
credit supporting such obligations (in each case other than an obligation for money borrowed); 

  
 48 

 (11) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any preferred securities; provided, however, that: 
 (a) any subsequent
issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred securities being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred securities to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company 
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred securities by such Restricted
Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (11); and 
 (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Acquired Debt in connection with a merger or consolidation meeting either one of the financial tests set forth in clause (d) of Section 5.01; and 

(13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, provided that, after
giving effect to any such incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (13) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the Company’s
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part in its sole discretion) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Any Indebtedness under the
Credit Agreement on the date of this Indenture shall be considered incurred under clause (1) of the second paragraph of this Section 4.09 and may not later be classified or reclassified as incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this
Section 4.09. 
 The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09, provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. Further, the accounting reclassification of any
obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as Indebtedness will not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. 

  
 49 

 Section 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least
equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
 (2) the fair
market value is determined by (a) an executive officer of the General Partner if the value is less than $35.0 million and evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, or (b) the Company’s Board of Directors if
the value is $35.0 million or more and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 

(3) at least 75% of the aggregate consideration received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale and
all other Asset Sales since April 21, 2011 is in the form of cash. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(a) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the
Company or such Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation
agreement that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability; and 
 (b) any securities, notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 90 days after the Asset Sale, converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion.

 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net
Proceeds at its option to any combination of the following: 
 (I) to repay, redeem, repurchase or otherwise retire Senior Debt, including
the Notes; 
 (II) to acquire all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Person primarily engaged in a Permitted Business;

 (III) to acquire a majority of the Voting Stock of a Person primarily engaged a Permitted Business; 

(IV) to make capital expenditures; or 

(V) to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 

  
 50 

 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may
invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” 

On the 361st day after the Asset Sale (or, at the Company’s option, any earlier date), if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then
exceeds $50.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes, and to all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Settlement Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess
Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes
and the agent of the trustee for such other Pari Passu Indebtedness shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis as set forth in Section 3.09(h) of this Indenture. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the
amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by virtue of such conflict.

 Section 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the
Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions
involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that
such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company. 

  
 51 

 The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be
subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph of this Section 4.11: 
 (1) any employment, equity award, equity
option or equity appreciation agreement or plan entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) transactions between or among any of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such
Person; 
 (4) transactions effected in accordance with the terms of agreements that are identified in Schedule I to this
Indenture, as such agreements are in effect on the date of this Indenture, and any amendment or replacement of any of such agreements so long as such amendment or replacement agreement is no less advantageous to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in any material respect than the agreement so amended or replaced; 
 (5) customary compensation,
indemnification and other benefits made available to officers, directors or employees of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, including reimbursement or advancement of out-of-pocket expenses and provisions of
officers’ and directors’ liability insurance; 
 (6) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to
Affiliates of the Company; 
 (7) Permitted Investments or Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07; 

(8) payments to the General Partner with respect to reimbursement for expenses in accordance with the Partnership Agreement as
in effect on the date of this Indenture and as it may be amended, provided that any such amendment is not less favorable to the Company in any material respect than the agreement prior to such amendment; and 

(9) in the case of contracts for the purchase or sale of Hydrocarbons or activities or services reasonably related thereto, or
other operational contracts, any such contracts that are entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms substantially similar to those contained in similar contracts entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with
third parties or otherwise on terms not materially less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those that would be available in a transaction with an unrelated third party. 

  
 52 

 Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens. 

The Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness or Attributable Debt upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted
Subsidiary, as applicable, is secured on an equal and ratable basis with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be) the obligations so secured
until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 Section 4.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees. 

If, after the date of this Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not already a Guarantor guarantees any Indebtedness of
either of the Issuers or any Guarantor, or any Domestic Subsidiary, if not then a Guarantor, incurs any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, then in either case that Subsidiary will become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Annex A hereto and delivering it to the Trustee within twenty Business Days of the date on which it guaranteed or incurred such Indebtedness, as the case may be. Any such guarantee shall be subject to release as
described in Article 10. 
 Section 4.14. Corporate Existence. 

Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms hereof (including consolidation and merger permitted by Section 5.01), the Company
shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve the existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(except Finance Corp.) if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(1) No later than 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently
exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of
$2,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% (or, at the Company’s election, a higher percentage) of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest
payment date that is on or prior to the Change of Control Settlement Date. No later than 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes pursuant to
Section 3.07, the Company shall mail a notice of the Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and stating: 

(a) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes validly tendered and
not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 

  
 53 

 (b) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30
days but no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Purchase Date”); 
 (c)
that the Change of Control Offer will expire as of the time specified in such notice on the Change of Control Purchase Date and that the Company shall pay the Change of Control Purchase Price for all Notes accepted for purchase as of the Change of
Control Purchase Date promptly thereafter on the Change of Control Settlement Date; 
 (d) that any Note not tendered will
continue to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any; 
 (e) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Additional Interest, if any, after the Change of Control Settlement Date; 

(f) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes, properly endorsed for transfer, together with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed and such customary documents as the Company may reasonably request, to the Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the termination of the Change of Control Offer on the Change of Control Purchase Date; 

(g) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, five Business Days prior to the
Change of Control Offer Settlement Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have the Notes
purchased; and 
 (h) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. 

If any of the Notes subject to a Change of Control Offer is in the form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify such notice to the
extent necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases. Further, the Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and

  
 54 

 
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions by
virtue of such conflict. 
 (2) On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for
payment all Notes or portions thereof (in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) properly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Promptly thereafter on the
Change of Control Settlement Date the Company shall: 
 (a) deposit with the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time,
an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered (and not validly withdrawn); and 

(b) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating
the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 On the Change of Control Settlement Date, the
Paying Agent shall mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes (or, if all the Notes are then in global form, make such payment through the facilities of the Depository) and the Trustee shall
authenticate, upon Company Order, and mail (or appropriate adjustments will be made in accordance with Applicable Procedures with respect to Global Notes) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; provided, however, that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as
soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 
 (3) The Change of Control provisions of this
Section 4.15 shall be applicable whether or nor any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 (4) Prior to
complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event no later than the Change of Control Settlement Date, the Company or any Guarantor must either repay all of its other outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite
consents, if any, under all agreements governing such Senior Debt if and to the extent needed to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.15. 

(5) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes
the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and
not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer by the Company or a third party may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation
of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 

  
 55 

 (6) In the event that Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders,
the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice as provided in Section 3.03, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem
all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

Section 4.16. Permitted Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such
extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Finance Corp. shall not incur
Indebtedness unless (1) the Company is a co-obligor or guarantor of such Indebtedness or (2) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are loaned to the Company, used to acquire outstanding debt securities issued by the Company or used to
repay Indebtedness of the Company as permitted under Section 4.09. Finance Corp. shall not engage in any business not related directly or indirectly to obtaining money or arranging financing for the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Section 4.17. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided,
however, that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
 (1)
the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12; 
 (2)
the gross cash proceeds of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in accordance with the definition of that term in Section 1.01 and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to
the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (3) the transfer of assets in
that Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by Section 4.10. 

  
 56 

 Section 4.18. Covenant Suspension. 

If at any time (a) the rating assigned to the Notes by either S&P or Moody’s is an Investment Grade Rating, (b) no Default
has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture and (c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying its election to suspend covenants in accordance with this Section 4.18 and certifying to the
foregoing provisions of this sentence, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.09, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.16, clauses (1)(a) and (3) of Section 4.17, and
clause (d) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”); provided, however, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will remain subject to all of the other provisions of this Indenture. After
the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Thereafter, if either S&P or Moody’s withdraws its ratings or downgrades the ratings assigned to the Notes
below the Investment Grade Rating so that the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moody’s, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants, subject to the
terms, conditions and obligations set forth herein (each such date of reinstatement being the “Reinstatement Date”). Compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the Reinstatement Date will be
calculated in accordance with the terms of Section 4.07 of this Indenture as though such covenants had been in effect during the period since the Initial Issuance Date. 

Section 4.19. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that
designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
Subsidiary properly designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be either an Investment made as of the time of the designation that will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of
Section 4.07 or represent Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation shall only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Subsidiary so designated otherwise meets the definition of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be
permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and (2) no Default or Event of Default
would be in existence following such designation. 

  
 57 

 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01. Merger,
Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
 Neither of the Issuers may, directly or indirectly, (1) consolidate or merge with or into
another Person (whether or not such Issuer is the survivor), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person,
unless: 
 (a) either (1) such Issuer is the survivor or (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer ) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia; provided, however, that Finance Corp. may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person other than a corporation satisfying such requirement so long as the Company is not a corporation; 

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or the Person to which such
sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other agreement in a form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (c) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(d) in the case of a transaction involving the Company and not Finance Corp., either; 

(i) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; or 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions on a pro forma basis as if the
same had occurred at the beginning of the Company’s most recently ended four full quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the transactions, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company
or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition has been made, will be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately before such transactions; and 
 (e) such Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or disposition and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the restrictions described in the foregoing clause (d), any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Finance Corp.) may consolidate
with, merge into or dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company without complying with the preceding clause (d) in connection with any such consolidation, merger or disposition. 

  
 58 

 Notwithstanding the second preceding paragraph of this Section 5.01, the Company may
reorganize as any other form of entity in accordance with the following procedures provided that: 
 (1) the reorganization
involves the conversion (by merger, sale, contribution or exchange of assets or otherwise) of the Company into a form of entity other than a limited partnership formed under Delaware law; 

(2) the entity so formed by or resulting from such reorganization is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; 
 (3) the entity so formed by or resulting from such
reorganization assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements necessary pursuant to the terms of the Notes, this Indenture and the applicable
Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (4) immediately after such reorganization no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(5) such reorganization is not materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes (for purposes of this clause
(5) a reorganization will not be considered materially adverse to the Holders or Beneficial Owners of the Notes solely because the successor or survivor of such reorganization (a) is subject to federal or state income taxation as an entity
or (b) is considered to be an “includible corporation” of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504(b) of the Code or any similar state or local law). 

  
 59 

 Section 5.02. Successor Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of an Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which such Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
is made shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as such Issuer herein and shall be substituted for such Issuer (so that from and after the
date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” or “Finance Corp.,” as the case may be, shall refer instead to
the successor and not to the Company or Finance Corp., as the case may be); and thereafter, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in accordance with this Indenture, it shall be discharged and released
from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee, upon request of and at the expense of the applicable Issuer, shall enter into a supplemental indenture to evidence the succession and substitution of such successor
and such discharge and release of such Issuer. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01.
Events of Default. 
 An “Event of Default” occurs if one of the following shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever
the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be involuntary or be effected by operation of law): 
 (a) an
Issuer defaults in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 

(b) an Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its Stated Maturity,
upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (c) the Company fails to comply with
its obligations to offer to repurchase Notes or repurchase Notes when required under the provisions of Sections 3.09, 3.10, 4.10, 4.15 or the Company fails to comply with Section 5.01 hereof; 

(d) the Company fails to comply with the provisions of Section 4.03 for 180 days after notice to the Company by the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 
 (e) the Company
fails to comply with any other covenant or other agreement in this Indenture or the Notes for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of such failure; 

  
 60 

 (f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the date of this Indenture, if such default: 
 (1) is
caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or 

(2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more; provided, however, that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is
repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes
shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; 
 (g) the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage),
which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 
 (h) except as permitted by this Indenture, any
Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations
under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and 
 (i) the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that
is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 

(1) commences a voluntary case, 

(2) consents in writing to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(3) consents in writing to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(5) admits in writing it generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 

  
 61 

 (j) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (1) is for relief against the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a Custodian of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(3) orders the liquidation of the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company; 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
 If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and
payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, thereon. Notwithstanding the preceding, if an Event
of Default specified in clause (i) or (j) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice, together with all accrued and unpaid
interest, Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, thereon. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its
consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest, if any, that have become due solely
because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 

  
 62 

 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and
premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes. Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity
or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity or security; and 

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the
Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 

  
 63 

 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of and premium,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment
in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers and the Guarantors for the whole amount of principal of, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and,
to the extent lawful, interest and Additional Interest, if any, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the compensation, and the reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by
a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes
or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 64 

 Section 6.10. Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, the Agents and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under this Indenture, including
payment of all compensation, indemnity amounts, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by any of them and their costs and expenses of collection; 

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest,
if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and 

Third: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 Section 6.12. Restoration of
Rights and Remedies. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture
and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the
Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 

Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07
hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition
to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or 

  
 65 

 
in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or
remedy. 
 Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01. Duties of
Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested
in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine
the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is
proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

  
 66 

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and 
 (iv)
no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall
have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided herein,
but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuers. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. No such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Trustee.
The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder
in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e)
Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from an Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of such Issuer. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses, losses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request
or direction. 

  
 67 

 (g) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Issuers’
covenants in Article 4 hereof. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except: (1) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b) hereof; or (2) any
Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge. 
 (h) The
right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated hereunder shall not be construed as a duty. 
 (i) The rights, privileges,
protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent and other person
employed to act hereunder and in its capacity as Trustee under any other agreement executed in connection with this Indenture to which the Trustee is a party. 

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in
any Officers’ certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (l) Any request or direction of an Issuer mentioned herein shall
be sufficiently evidenced by a written request or order signed by an Officer of such Issuer, and any resolution of the board of directors shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. 

(m) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the powers granted hereunder. 

(n) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising
out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or
malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances). 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Issuers with 

  
 68 

 
the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) after a Default has occurred and is
continuing, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for either Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to an Issuer or upon either Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail
to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after a Responsible Officer acquires actual knowledge or has received written notice of such Default or Event of Default unless such Default or Event of Default has been
cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 7.06. Reports
by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2015, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2) and § 313(b)(1). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock
exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on or delisted from any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Issuers and the Trustee may agree in writing for the
Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for
all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the compensation, and reasonable disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and
counsel. 

  
 69 

 The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and its
officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents and hold each of the foregoing harmless against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities or expenses (including the
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and taxes other than those based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and
expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by an Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the
Issuers and the Guarantors promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuers or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers and the Guarantors
need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors need reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnity against any liability or loss of the Trustee
to the extent such expense, liability or loss is attributable to the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee. 
 The
obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the
Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or (j) hereof occurs,
the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing upon 30 days notice at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing and may appoint
a successor trustee with the consent of the Issuers. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to
comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

  
 70 

 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a receiver, Custodian or public officer takes charge of
the Trustee or its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the
Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders
of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized 

  
 71 

 
under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 Section 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship
listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND
COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuers may, at the option of their respective Boards of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate,
at any time, exercise their rights under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have discharged its obligations with respect to
its Subsidiary Guarantee, on the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor shall be deemed to have paid and discharged its Subsidiary Guarantee (which in each case shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below) and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes or Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of
Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if
any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and
immunities of the Trustee and the Agents hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this
Article 8, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

  
 72 

 If the Issuers exercise their Legal Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and
relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released. 
 Section 8.03.
Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Article 4 (other than those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06
and 4.14) and in clause (d) of Section 5.01 hereof on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for
the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For
this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and any Guarantor may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant,
whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under
Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(f) through 6.01(h) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 If the Issuers exercise their Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee and any security for the Notes (other than the trust) will be released. 
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 

(a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the date of fixed maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to the date of fixed maturity or to a
particular redemption date; 
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Issuers shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 
 (1) the Issuers have received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in
the applicable federal income tax law, 

  
 73 

 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that,
the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (c) in the case of an election under
Section 8.03 hereof, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit); 
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (f) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuers or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 

(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05.
Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06
hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee,
in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of
such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited 

  
 74 

 
pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders
of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers
from time to time upon the written request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 or 8.08 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge, as the case may be. 
 Section 8.06. Repayment to Issuers. 

Subject to applicable escheat and abandoned property laws, any money or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee
or any Paying Agent, or then held by an Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, interest or Additional
Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by an Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only
to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money or non-callable Government Securities, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided,
however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the written direction and expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal
(national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be
repaid to the Issuers. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof,
by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.05 hereof; provided, however, that, if an Issuer makes
any payment of principal of or premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, such Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 Section 8.08. Discharge. 

This Indenture shall be satisfied and discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder (except for
(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in clause (1)(b) of this Section 8.08, and as more fully set 

  
 75 

 
forth in such clause (1)(b), payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the
Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 4.02 hereof and the Appendix and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Agents hereunder and the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith), when: 
 (1) either: 

(a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes
for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and
payable within one year by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise, and the Issuers or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and
discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of fixed maturity or redemption (provided that if such
redemption is made as provided in Section 3.07(c), (x) the amount of cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, that must be irrevocably deposited will be determined using an assumed Make Whole
Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit and (y) the depositor must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the redemption date as necessary to pay the Make Whole Premium as determined by such date);

 (2) the Issuers or any Guarantor have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; 

(3) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at fixed
maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be; and 
 (4) the Issuers have delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture (“Discharge”) have been satisfied. 

  
 76 

 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the
Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(c) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to the Holders of Notes pursuant to Article 5 hereof; 

(d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder, provided that any change to conform this Indenture to the Offering Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 

(e) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.12 or otherwise; 

(f) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture; 

(g) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary
Guarantee in accordance with Article 10 hereof; 
 (h) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or 
 (i) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of
appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of
any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise. 

  
 77 

 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided above in Section 9.01 and below in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender
offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may
not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter any of the provisions
with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the Notes (except as provided in Sections 3.09, 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof); 
 (c) reduce
the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal
of or premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
 (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or Events of Default or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except as permitted in clause (g) below); 

(g) waive a redemption or repurchase payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 3.10, 4.10 and 4.15
hereof); 
 (h) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (i) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions. 

Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by Board Resolutions authorizing their execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture,
and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture, unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the
Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

  
 78 

 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby
a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or
waiver. 
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 
 A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a
purchase, tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such purchase, tender or exchange. 
 Section 9.04. Effect
of Consents. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless it makes a change
described in any of clauses (a) through (i) of Section 9.02, in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note
that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers, in
exchange for all Notes, may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure
to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06.
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article
9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01)
shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent are
satisfied. 

  
 79 

 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES OF NOTES 
 Section 10.01.
Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes held thereby
and the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder and thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, subject to any applicable grace period,
whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and premium, (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, and all other
payment Obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full and performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or
renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration, upon repurchase or redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. An Event of Default under this
Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Obligations of the
Issuers. 
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against an Issuer, any action to enforce
the same or any other circumstance (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waives diligence,
presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of an Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its
Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to an Issuer, the Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee or other
similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the Subsidiary Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby. 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand,
(a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee, 

  
 80 

 
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of its Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the
right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 

Section 10.02. [Reserved]. 
 Section 10.03.
Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
 (a) No Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not
such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the Company or another Guarantor), unless, (i) either (1) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) unconditionally
assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture, substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, under the Notes, this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee on terms set forth therein, or (2) such transaction
is permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10, and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 

(b) In the case of any such consolidation or merger and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall
succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. 
 Section 10.04. Releases of
Subsidiary Guarantees. 
 The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released: (1) in connection with any sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect
to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition is permitted by Section 4.10 and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of the sale or other
disposition; (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.19 of this Indenture; (4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or Discharge in
accordance with Article 8; (5) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; or (6) at such time as such Guarantor ceases to both (x) guarantee any
other Indebtedness of either of the Issuers and any other Guarantor and (y) to be an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility. 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that any of the conditions described in the
foregoing clauses (1) – (6) has occurred, the Trustee, at the 

  
 81 

 
Company’s written request and expense, shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Company in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other
obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
 Section 10.05. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. 

The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a Supplemental Indenture) evidences the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Guarantor, whether
or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Subsidiary Guaranty set forth in
this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 
 Section 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all
other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or
pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise
being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.01. Trust
Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA
§318(c), such TIA-imposed duties shall control. 
 Section 11.02. Notices. 

Any notice or communication by an Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing (in the English language) and
delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

If to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors: 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 

2780 Waterfront Pkwy E. Drive, Suite 200 

Indianapolis, Indiana 46214 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Telecopier No.: (317) 328-5668 

  
 82 

 with a copy (not constituting notice) to: 

Vinson & Elkins LLP 

1001 Fannin Street 

Houston, Texas 77002-6760 

Attention: David P. Oelman 

Telecopier No.: (713) 615-5861 

If to the Trustee: 

Wilmington Trust, National Association 

Corporate Capital Markets 

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 

Attention: Calumet Specialty Partners Administrator 

Telecopier No.: 612-217-5651 

An Issuer, any of the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at
the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if
sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery in each case to the address shown above, provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 If either of the Issuers mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at
the same time. 

  
 83 

 Section 11.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The
Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to
Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by an Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under
this Indenture, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’
Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a
statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as
to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (d) a
statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

  
 84 

 Section 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Trustee, the Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable
rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 11.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Unitholders. 
 None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner, employee, incorporator, manager
or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or this Indenture,
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes. 
 Section 11.08. Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 Section 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 11.10. Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the
Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 Section 11.11. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 85 

 Section 11.13. Counterparts. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture, and each party hereto may sign any number of separate copies of this Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this
Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

Section 11.14. Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be
given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing, and may be given or obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, outstanding Notes; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby
expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.14. 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a
witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer
the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such
instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of
Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.03. 

(d) If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be
a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the 

  
 86 

 
Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.05 and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders
of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be
computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than
eleven months after the record date. 
 (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered
to be done by the Trustee or an Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note
may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 

(g) For purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders that may be taken in writing may be taken by electronic means in
writing through portable document format (.pdf) or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. 
 Section 11.15. Patriot Act. The parties
hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record
information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information within their possession or
control as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

  
 87 

 
									
	SIGNATURES:
		
		 	CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
			
		 	By:	 	Calumet GP, LLC, its general partner
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ R. Patrick Murray, II

		 		 		 	Name:	 	R. Patrick Murray, II
		 		 		 	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
		
		 	CALUMET FINANCE CORP.
				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ R. Patrick Murray, II

		 		 		 	Name:	 	R. Patrick Murray, II
		 		 		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

  
 Signature Page to
Indenture 

 
									
	GUARANTORS:
		
		 	 CALUMET OPERATING, LLC

		 	 CALUMET LP GP, LLC

		 	 CALUMET LUBRICANTS CO., LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

		 	 CALUMET SALES COMPANY INCORPORATED

		 	 CALUMET SHREVEPORT, LLC

		 	 CALUMET SHREVEPORT FUELS, LLC

		 	 CALUMET SHREVEPORT LUBRICANTS & WAXES, LLC

		 	 CALUMET PENRECO, LLC

		 	 CALUMET SUPERIOR, LLC

		 	 CALUMET MISSOURI, LLC

		 	 CALUMET PACKAGING, LLC

		 	 S&S INTERNATIONAL MINING ENTERPRISES, INC.

		 	 CALUMET MONTANA REFINING, LLC

		 	 CALUMET RP I, LLC

		 	 CALUMET RP II, LLC

		 	 CALUMET RP III, LLC

		 	 CALUMET RP IV, LLC

		 	 ROYAL PURPLE, LLC

		 	 CALUMET NORTH DAKOTA, LLC

		 	 CALUMET SAN ANTONIO REFINING, LLC

		 	 BEL-RAY COMPANY, LLC

		 	 KURLIN COMPANY, INC.

		 	 WELD CORPORATION

				
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ R. Patrick Murray, II

		 		 		 	Name:	 	R. Patrick Murray, II
		 		 		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

  

					
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	as Trustee	 	
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jane Schweiger

		 	Name:	 	Jane Schweiger
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 Signature Page to
Indenture 

 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES 

AND EXCHANGE NOTES 
  

	1.	Definitions 

 1.1 Definitions. 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Exchange Notes” means (1) the 6.50% Senior Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered
Exchange Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. 

“Initial Notes” means (1) $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2021 issued pursuant to the
Indenture on the Initial Issuance Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date, Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
(2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes, treated as a single class. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person
thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the
Initial Issuance Date, the Purchase Agreement dated March 26, 2014 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement
among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers,
pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 

  
 App. - 1 

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued
on the Initial Issuance Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated March 31, 2014 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Issuers and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of
Initial Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Notes that bear or are
required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(b) hereof. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section:

	“Agent Members”	  	2.1(b)
	“Distribution Compliance Period”	  	2.1(b)
	“Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S”	  	2.1(a)
	“Regulation S Notes”	  	2.1(a)
	“Restricted Global Note”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A”	  	2.1(a)
	“Rule 144A Notes”	  	2.1(a)

  

	2.	The Notes. 

 2.1 (a) Form and Dating. Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in
reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”), in
each case as provided in a Purchase Agreement, shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the Global Notes legend and restricted Notes legend set
forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a “Restricted Global Note”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee
of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated, upon receipt of a Company Order by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Initial Notes sold in reliance on either
Rule 144A or Regulation S may be held through Euroclear or Clearstream, as indirect participants in the Depository. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided. Exchange Notes shall be issued in global form (with the Global Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto) or in certificated form as provided in Section 2.4
of this Appendix. Exchange Notes issued in global form and Restricted Global Notes are sometimes referred to in this Appendix as “Global Notes.” 

  
 App. - 2 

 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note
deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. 
 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered
by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository. If such Global Notes are Restricted Global Notes, then separate Global Notes shall be issued to
represent Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes so long as required by law or the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in,
the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Notes Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Issuers, the Trustee and any
agent of the Issuers or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Holder as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the
Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository
governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 Until the 40th day after the later of the
commencement of the offering of any Initial Notes and the original issue date of such Initial Notes (such period, the “Distribution Compliance Period”), a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes
may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in
Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is purchasing for its own account or accounts as to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that such Person is a QIB,
in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, such
certification requirements shall not apply to such transfers of beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes. 

Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note representing Rule 144A Notes may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the
form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note representing Regulation S Notes, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the
form provided in Exhibit 1 hereto) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available). 

(c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall
not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes. Certificated Notes shall not be exchangeable for beneficial interests in Global Notes, except with the consent of the Company. 

2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Initial Issuance Date, an aggregate principal amount of
$900.0 million Initial Notes, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes for
issue only in a 

  
 App. - 3 

 
Registered Exchange Offer, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a Company Order of the Issuers. Such order shall specify
the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and to whom the Notes shall be registered and delivered and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to
Section 2.13 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture. 
 2.3
Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in
accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the Applicable Procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a
written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with
such instructions cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole
except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor
Depository. 
 (iii) In the event that a Restricted Global Note is exchanged for Notes in certificated form pursuant to
Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are
substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the
case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 
 (b) Legends. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Restricted
Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO,
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 App. - 4 

 
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF
(OR THE DATE OF ANY SUBSEQUENT REOPENING OF THE NOTES) AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY
(A) TO AN ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE
144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE
PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY
TO EACH OF THEM, AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF
A HOLDER OR AN ISSUER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 
 (ii) The Company, acting in its discretion, may
remove the legend set forth in paragraph (i) above from any Transfer Restricted Security at any time on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Transfer Restricted Security so long as the Applicable Procedures are
satisfied. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Company may effect such removal by issuing and delivering, in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Security, a Note without such legend, registered to the same Holder and in
an equal principal amount, and upon receipt of a written order of the Company given at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed date of exchange specified therein (which shall be no earlier than the Resale Restriction Termination Date),
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Note as directed in such Company Order. 
 (iii) After a transfer of any
Initial Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Note will cease to apply, the

  
 App. - 5 

 
requirements that any such Initial Note issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or an Initial Note in global form, in each case
without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the
Global Note, as applicable. 
 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes,
all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in
certificated or global form will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (c)
Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Trustee for
cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, or if any certificated Note is exchanged
for such a beneficial interest, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced or increased, as appropriate, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian
for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction or increase, as the case may be. 

(d) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
certificated Notes and Global Notes. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange,
but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable
upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 and of the Indenture). 
 (iii) The Registrar shall
not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes
for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of
transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal
of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

  
 App. - 6 

 (e) No Obligation of the Trustee or any Agent. 

(i) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a
member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect
to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of optional redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and
communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).
The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee and the Agents may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon
information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) Neither
the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under Applicable Law with respect to any transfer of any interest in
any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to
do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

2.4 Certificated Notes. 

(a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Notes Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the
beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the
Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and in either event a
successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and DTC notifies the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes. Except as provided in the preceding
sentence, and notwithstanding any contrary indication in Section 2.3(b), beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for certificated Notes only with the consent of the Company, including if an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144)
of the Company acquires such interests. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this
Section shall be surrendered by the Depository or the Notes Custodian to the Trustee located at its Corporate Trust Office to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of certificated Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and
delivered only in minimum denominations of $2,000 principal 

  
 App. - 7 

 
amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000 and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global
Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(b), bear the restricted Notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto. 
 (c)
Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any
action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the
circumstances specified in Section 2.4(a), the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 App. - 8 

 EXHIBIT 1 TO RULE 144A/ 

REGULATION S APPENDIX 
 [FORM
OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO AN ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO,
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF
(OR THE DATE OF ANY SUBSEQUENT REOPENING OF THE NOTES) AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH AN ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF AN ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY
(A) TO AN ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE
144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 1 

 
TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (i) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE
MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM,
AND (ii) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER OR AN
ISSUER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 2 

 CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P. 

CALUMET FINANCE CORP. 
  

			
	No.    	  	$        

 CUSIP No.             

ISIN No.             

6.50% Senior Note due 2021 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Calumet Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, jointly and
severally promise to pay to             , or registered assigns, the principal sum of             Dollars on April 15, 2021
[or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto].1 

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15. 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

					
	CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
		
	By:	 	Calumet GP, LLC, its general partner
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:

  

			
	CALUMET FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

   

 

	1 	If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 3 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
		
		 	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as
Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
		
	Dated:	 	

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

6.50% Senior Note due 2021 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 1. Interest. Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”),
and Calumet Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at
6.50% per annum and shall pay the Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on
April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2014, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from
the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is
authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which
case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate
that is the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest to the Persons who
are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of
interest and Additional Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to any
amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wilmington Trust,
National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 5 

 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 31,
2014 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.
Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers limited to $900.0 million
aggregate principal amount in the case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture), subject to the Issuers’ right to issue Additional Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem
the Notes prior to April 15, 2017. On or after April 15, 2017, the Issuers shall have the option on any one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, upon prior notice as set forth in
Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.625	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
April 15, 2017, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior
to the redemption date), in an amount not greater than the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture
remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity
Offering. 
 (c) Prior to April 15, 2017, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the Notes upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 6 

 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at
the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(6) of the Indenture. 
 6. No Mandatory Redemption or
Sinking Fund. 
 Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of
Holder. 
 (a) No later than 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently
exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of
$2,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% (or, at the Company’s election, a higher percentage) of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control
Settlement Date. No later than 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall mail a notice of the
Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $50.0 million, the Company shall commence an
offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of
settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof
and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be
deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness.
Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 7 

 
Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of the Notes. 
 (c) In the event that the Anchor Acquisition is not closed on the terms contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement
(with any such changes that the Company shall reasonably determine are appropriate) by June 30, 2014, or if the Acquisition Agreement is earlier terminated without the closing occurring thereunder, the Company shall, no later than 30 days
thereafter, commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Anchor Acquisition Offer”) to purchase a maximum of $235.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture. The offer price in any Anchor
Acquisition Offer shall be equal to 100% (or, at the Company’s election, a higher percentage) of the initial offer price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of settlement. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered
into the Anchor Acquisition Offer exceeds $235.0 million, the Trustee shall select the notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase shall receive an Anchor Acquisition Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have
such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 8.
Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or
Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. If mailed in the manner provided for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be conclusively
presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part
but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption. 
 9. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if
any, on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 8 

 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for
all purposes. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (2) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture, (4) to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, provided that any change to conform the Indenture to the Offering
Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as
provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under
the Indenture of a successor Trustee. 
 13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the
payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase,
upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with certain provisions of Section 3.09, 3.10, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 180 days after notice to comply with
Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any
grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $50.0 million, provided that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any
such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of
Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $50.0 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 9 

 
million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed
for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any
Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in
Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and
the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(i) or
6.01(j) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except
a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or
premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon
certain Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14. Defeasance and Discharge. The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the
Indenture. 
 15. No Recourse Against Others. None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner,
employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for the issuance of the Notes. 
 16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an
authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act). 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 10 

 18. Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. In addition to the
rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
            , among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 

19. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers
have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

20. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 21. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture,
pursuant to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 

2780 Waterfront Pkwy E. Drive, Suite 200 

Indianapolis, Indiana 46214 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 11 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
  

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
 (Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or
tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                    agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

  

	
	Signature Guarantee:
	
	  

	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar,
which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
  

 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes (or the date of any subsequent reopening of the Notes) and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by an Issuer or
any Affiliate of an Issuer (or, in the case of Regulation S Notes, prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	 	to an Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	 	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	 	to a person who the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933;
or

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 12 

					
	(4)	  	 ̈	 	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	 	pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,
certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	  

	Signature

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 13 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges
that it has received such information regarding the Issuers and any Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 		 	Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 14 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.10, 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box
below: 
              ̈ Section
3.10             ̈ Section
4.10                     ̈ Section 4.15 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount
(in minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) you elect to have purchased: $             

 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
	Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 15 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTE] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
officer
of Trustee or
Notes Custodian
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 Ex. 1 to App. - 16 

 EXHIBIT A TO RULE 144A/ 

REGULATION S APPENDIX 
 [FORM
OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]     */ 
  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] - SCHEDULE
OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”. 

 All references to “Additional Interest” in the Note shall be deleted unless, at
the date of issuance of the Exchange Note, any Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) has occurred with respect to the related Initial Notes during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 1 

 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P. 

CALUMET FINANCE CORP. 
  

			
	No.        	  	$        

 CUSIP No.             

ISIN No.             

6.50% Senior Note due 2021 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Calumet Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, jointly and
severally promise to pay to                     , or registered assigns, the principal sum of
                     Dollars on April 15, 2021 [or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated on Schedule A hereto].2 
 Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15. 

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

					
	CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
		
	By:	 	Calumet GP, LLC, its general partner
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:

  

			
	CALUMET FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
  

	2 	If this Note is a Global Note, add this provision. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 2 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
		
	Dated:	 	

  
 Ex. A to App. - 3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

6.50% Senior Note due 2021 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise
indicated. 
 1. Interest. Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”),
and Calumet Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at
6.50% per annum [and shall pay the Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below]. The Issuers will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on
April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing October 15, 2014, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from
the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is
authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of Notes, in which
case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate
that is the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from
time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest to the Persons who
are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, due at maturity. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of
interest and Additional Interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to any
amounts due on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wilmington Trust,
National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

  
 Ex. A to App. - 4 

 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 31,
2014 (“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.
Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuers limited to $900.0 million
aggregate principal amount in the case of Notes issued on the Initial Issuance Date (as defined in the Indenture), subject to the Issuers’ right to issue Additional Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem
the Notes prior to April 15, 2017. On or after April 15, 2017, the Issuers shall have the option on any one or more occasions to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part at any time, upon prior notice as set forth in
Paragraph 8, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 YEAR
	  	PERCENTAGE	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.250	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.625	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to
April 15, 2017, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior
to the redemption date), in an amount not greater than the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) issued under the Indenture
remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding any Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of each such Equity
Offering. 
 (c) Prior to April 15, 2017, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem all or part of the Notes upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), plus (3) the Make Whole Premium at the redemption date. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 5 

 (d) The Notes may also be redeemed, as a whole, following certain Change of Control Offers, at
the redemption price and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.15(6) of the Indenture. 
 6. No Mandatory Redemption or
Sinking Fund. 
 Except as set forth in Paragraph 7 below, neither of the Issuers shall be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 7. Repurchase at Option of
Holder. 
 (a) No later than 30 days following the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently
exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of
$2,000) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% (or, at the Company’s election, a higher percentage) of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
to the date of settlement (the “Change of Control Settlement Date”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Change of Control
Settlement Date. No later than 30 days following a Change of Control, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently exercised their right to redeem all of the Notes as described in paragraph 5 above, the Company shall mail a notice of the
Change of Control Offer to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by Section 4.15 of the Indenture. 

(b) On the 361st day after an Asset Sale, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds then exceeds $50.0 million, the Company shall commence an
offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness then outstanding, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of
settlement, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Settlement Date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. If any
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof
and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be
deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased) on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu

  
 Ex. A to App. - 6 

 
Indebtedness. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes
purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
 (c) In the event
that the Anchor Acquisition is not closed on the terms contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement (with any such changes that the Company shall reasonably determine are appropriate) by June 30, 2014, or if the Acquisition Agreement is earlier
terminated without the closing occurring thereunder, the Company shall, no later than 30 days thereafter, commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (an “Anchor Acquisition Offer”) to purchase a maximum of $235.0 million aggregate principal
amount of Notes pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture. The offer price in any Anchor Acquisition Offer shall be equal to 100% (or, at the Company’s election, a higher percentage) of the initial offer price plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of settlement. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into the Anchor Acquisition Offer exceeds $235.0 million, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments
as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, shall be purchased). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase shall receive an
Anchor Acquisition Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 

8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days (except as otherwise provided
in the Indenture if the notice is issued in connection with a Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or Discharge) before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. If mailed in the manner provided
for in Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the notice of optional redemption shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. Failure to give timely notice or any defect in the notice shall not affect
the validity of the redemption. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption
date interest and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 9. Guarantees.
The payment by the Issuers of the principal of and premium, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior unsecured basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set
forth in the Indenture. 
 10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations
of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes due on transfer or exchange. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption,
except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, they need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 7 

 11. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for
all purposes. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (2) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s obligations to Holders of the Notes pursuant to Article 5 of the Indenture, (4) to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, provided that any change to conform the Indenture to the Offering
Memorandum shall not be deemed to adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder, (5) to secure the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture or otherwise, (6) to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, (7) to add any additional Guarantor with respect to the Notes or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee, in each case as
provided in the Indenture, (8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or (9) to evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under
the Indenture of a successor Trustee. 
 13. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the
payment when due of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase,
upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with certain provisions of Section 3.09, 3.10, 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company for 180 days after notice to comply with
Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries),
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the Initial Issuance Date, if such default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of any
grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates in excess of $50.0 million, provided that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any
such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 60 days from the continuation of such Payment Default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of
Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; (vii) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $50.0 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 8 

 
million (to the extent not covered by insurance by a reputable and creditworthy insurer as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed
for a period of 60 days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any
Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Finance Corp., any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company as specified in
Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Issuers and
the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the case of an Event of Default arising from such events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization described in Section 6.01(i) or
6.01(j) of the Indenture, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except
a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or
premium, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers are required upon
certain Officers becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14. Defeasance and Discharge. The Notes are subject to defeasance and discharge upon the terms and conditions specified in the
Indenture. 
 15. No Recourse Against Others. None of the General Partner or any past, present or future director, officer, partner,
employee, incorporator, manager or unitholder or other owner of Capital Stock of the General Partner, the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for the issuance of the Notes. 
 16. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an
authorized signatory of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 17. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act). 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 9 

 18. [Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. In addition to the
rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
                     among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).]3 
 19. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers and corresponding ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

20. Governing Law. THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. 
 21. Successors. In the event a successor assumes all the obligations of an Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture,
pursuant to the terms thereof, such Issuer will be released from all such obligations. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture [and/or the Registration Rights Agreement]4. Requests may be made to: 

Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P. 

2780 Waterfront Pkwy E. Drive, Suite 200 

Indianapolis, Indiana 46214 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

 

	3 	Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Note. 

	4 	Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Note. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to 
  

 
  

Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s soc. Sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.10, 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box
below: 
              ̈ Section
3.10             ̈ Section
4.10                     ̈ Section 4.15 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount
(in minimum denomination of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) you elected to have purchased: $             

 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
	Soc. Sec. or Tax Identification No.:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 Ex. A to App. - 12 

 SCHEDULE I 

AGREEMENT WITH AFFILIATES 
 Each
of the following is an agreement referred to in paragraph (4)(b) of Section 4.11: 
 Master Crude Oil Purchase and Sale Agreement,
as amended through the Initial Issuance Date, effective as of January 26, 2009, between Calumet Shreveport Fuels, LLC and Legacy Resources Co., L.P. 

  
 Schedule I 

 ANNEX A 
  

 
 CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS
PARTNERS, L.P. 
 CALUMET FINANCE CORP. 

and 
 the Guarantors named herein

  
  

6.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
  

 
  

 
 FORM OF
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 AND AMENDMENT — SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE 

DATED AS OF                     ,
              
  

 
 WILMINGTON
TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 

  
 D-1 

 This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
            ,             , is among Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
“Company”), Calumet Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Finance Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), each of the parties identified under the caption “Guarantors” on the signature page
hereto (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 
 RECITALS 

WHEREAS, the Issuers, the initial Guarantors and the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of March 31, 2014 (the
“Indenture”), pursuant to which the Company has issued $            in the aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(g) of the Indenture provides that the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture
in order to comply with Section 4.13 or 10.03 thereof, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes; and 
 WHEREAS, all acts and
things prescribed by the Indenture, by law and by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws (or comparable constituent documents) of the Issuers, of the Guarantors and of the Trustee necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid
instrument legally binding on the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms, have been duly done and performed; 

NOW, THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions of the Indenture and in consideration of the above premises, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the
Trustee covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 

Section 1.01. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture and does and shall be deemed to form a part of, and shall be
construed in connection with and as part of, the Indenture for any and all purposes. 
 Section 1.02. This Supplemental Indenture shall
become effective immediately upon its execution and delivery by each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 ARTICLE 2 

From this date, in accordance with Section 4.13 or 10.03 and by executing this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantors whose signatures
appear below are subject to the provisions of the Indenture to the extent provided for in Article 10 thereunder. 
 ARTICLE 3 

Section 3.01. Except as specifically modified herein, the Indenture and the Notes are in all respects ratified and confirmed
(mutatis mutandis) and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms with all capitalized terms used herein without definition having the same respective meanings ascribed to them as in the Indenture. 

  
 D-2 

 Section 3.02. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities or
liabilities are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the
Indenture with the same force and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained
herein, which shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers and the Trustee shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and makes no
representation with respect thereto. In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to
the Trustee. 
 Section 3.03. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK. 
 Section 3.04. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of such executed copies together shall represent the same agreement. 
 [NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE] 

  
 D-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

									
	CALUMET SPECIALTY PRODUCTS PARTNERS, L.P.
		
	By:	 	Calumet GP, LLC, its general partner
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	
		 		 	Title:	 	
	
	CALUMET FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
	
	GUARANTORS
		
		 	[                                    
    ]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 	Title:	 	  

		
		 	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

			
		 	By:	 	  

		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 	Title:	 	  

  
 D-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00228-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00228-of-00352.parquet"}]]